pep人教版三年级英语上册全册教学设计(表格式)


    Unit 1 Hello

    教材分析
    单元学题招呼介绍道教学容围绕着线物学校里历事展开教学重点够听懂会说核心句型HelloHi I\'m…—What\'s your name —My name is…GoodbyeBye够听说认读词汇ruler pencil eraser crayon bag pen pencil box book
    教学目标
    知识力目标
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型HelloHi I'm…—What's your name —My name is…GoodbyeB
    词汇
    ·听说认读词汇ruler pencil eraser crayon bag pen pencil box book
    字母语音
    ·够序说出26字母

    力目标:
    ·够情境中运句型HelloHi招呼
    ·够情境中运句型I\'m…介绍
    ·够情境中运句型What\'s your name询问姓名My name is…回应询问
    ·会唱英文歌曲ABC song
    课时安排
    第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
    第三课时 Part A Let’s sing & Let’s find out
    第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第六课时 Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    The first period(第课时)
    Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let's talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够通听录音学会正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够听懂会说核心句型HelloHi I’m…
    ·够情景中运HelloHi招呼运句型I'm…介绍
    Let’s play
    ·够模拟真实情景中运HelloHi招呼运句型I'm…介绍
    ▶教学重点
    1 够理解掌握课时重点句型
    2 够情景中运HelloHi招呼运句型I’m…介绍
    ▶教学难点
    够日常生活中然运课时句型进行交际
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    课前段流利英文进行介绍激发学生教师奇心拉学生距离学生留深刻印象激发学生学英语兴趣
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls I'm your English teacher Nice to see you My Chinese name is… My English name is… You can call me MissMr… I come from… I am very happy to come here to study with you I'm interested in sports music and climbing mountains I also enjoy dancing I would love to play with you I hope I can become your friend soon Thank you very much
    (课件出示:教师中英文名述相关图片)
    Students try to say hello or hi to the teacher
    T Hello Hi You can say hello or hi to me Have a try
    2 Teach Stand up Sit down
    Help students get the meanings of the sentences Stand up Sit down by body language
    T Now let's play the game I say you do
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生发现身边英语已知识切入点学生进行英语学启蒙
    Let students do the actions according to the instructions
    3 Talk about some English words in our life
    T Boys and girls English is everywhere in our daily life What English words do you know or find in our life
    Teaching purpose
    通分享量生活中常见英语关事物图片学生意识英语贴生活实际易学进步增强学生学英语信心
    Lead students to say some simple words they know such as hello hi yes no bye…
    4 Share some pictures
    T English is very common in our daily life Look at the pictures on the screen please
    Show some pictures on the PPT (课件出示:生活中常见英语关事物图片) Lead students to talk about them
    T You see English is close to us English is so easy We all can learn it well
    Teaching purpose
    通物头饰介绍课线物课核心句型HelloHi I'm…进行预热
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Meet some new friends
    T Today we'll meet some new friends Who are they Let's have a look
    Show the main scene of Unit 1 on the PPT (课件出示:教材Unit 1情景图) Let students look at the picture carefully and describe what they see in Chinese Take out some headdresses
    (1) Pick up the headdress of Wu Yifan and say Look at this boy He is a Chinese boy He is Wu Yifan
    Write down Wu Yifan on the blackboard
    Wear the headdress of Wu Yifan and say Hello everyone I'm Wu Yifan
    Write down I'm… on the blackboard and teach it
    Lead students to say hello to Wu Yifan Then let different students wear the headdress of Wu Yifan and greet the class with Hello I'm Wu Yifan
    (2) Take out the headdress of Sarah and say Look here's a girl She is Sarah
    Write down Sarah on the blackboard
    Wear the headdress of Sarah and say Hi everyone I'm Sarah Lead students to say hi to Sarah Then let different students wear the headdress of Sarah and greet the class with Hi I'm Sarah
    (3) Point to the picture of Miss White and say Who is she Can you guess
    Ss …
    T Good This is Miss White
    Write down Miss White on the blackboard and teach the pronunciation
    Wear the headdress of Miss White and say Hi everyone I'm Miss White Lead students to say hi to Miss White Then let different students wear the headdress of Miss White and greet the class with Hi I'm Miss White
    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片培养学生观察力

    (4) Point to the other characters in the main scene and teach their names
    2 Look and say
    Show the picture of Let's talk on the PPT (课件出示:教材P4 Let's talk板块图片)
    T Boys and girls Please look at the picture carefully Who can you see in the picture
    S1 Wu Yifan
    S2 Sarah
    S3 Miss White
    Teaching purpose
    首先引导学生带着问题观动画整体感知文然完成物图片名字配练加深物记忆
    T Well done
    3 Watch and do
    (1) Watch and answer
    T They are in the classroom What are they doing Let's have a look
    Play the cartoon of Let's talk for the first time (课件出示:教材P4 Let's talk板块视频)
    T What are they doing
    Ss …
    T Yes They are greeting each other How do they greet Miss White says…
    Ss Hello I'm Miss White
    T You're so clever And Wu Yifan says…
    Ss Hello I'm Wu Yifan

    (2) Watch and match
    Let students watch the cartoon again and match the pictures to the names Check the answers on the PPT




    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    4 Read and act
    (1)Play the recording of Let’s talk (出示课件) Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the dialogue in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out the dialogue in class
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s play
    (1) Take out the headdresses of some other characters in this book Introduce these characters Zoom Chen Jie Mike Mr Jones John Zip
    Remind students to pay attention to the writing form of Chinese and English names
    (2)Play the cartoon of Let’s play
    (课件出示:教材P4 Let's play板块视频) Let students read after it
    (3) Let students practice the dialogue by themselves
    Teaching purpose
    通角色扮演击鼓传花游戏操练句型活跃课堂气氛调动学生学积极性激发学生学兴趣
    (4) Let students wear different headdresses and roleplay and then show it to the class
    A Hello I’m…
    B Hi I’m…
    2 Pass the flower
    Listen to the music and pass the flower When the teacher says Stop the student who gets the flower should stand up and introduce himselfherself by using HelloHi I’m… The others should say HelloHi …
    Teaching purpose
    创设真实情景学生熟悉卡通物切入点学生真实情景中操练句型培养学生综合语言运力歌声中结束节课愉悦身心时节课做铺垫
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Chain work
    Students work in groups and greet each other in a chain
    S1 Hello I'm…
    S2 Hi I'm… Hello I'm…
    S3 Hi I'm… Hello I'm…

    The fastest group can get a prize
    2 Dubbing show
    Show some pictures of cartoon characters on the PPT (课件出示:卡通物图片) Let students imitate the cartoon characters and do a dubbing show by using the sentence structure HelloHi I'm…
    3 Enjoy the song—Hello (课件出示:教材P10 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
    Lead students to sing and dance

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let's talk
    2 Sing the song Hello to your family

    ▶教学反思
    1教师介绍导入引发学生奇心拉师生距离
    2生活中常见英语切入点展开启蒙教学贴学生生活实际激发学生学兴趣增强学英语信
    3活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感活跃课堂气氛效提升学生核心素养
    4突出学生体位注重引导学生学生学方法进行指导
    5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to understand and read the key sentence structure HelloHi I'm…
    ·Be able to use HelloHi to greet others and use the sentence structure I'm… to introduce themselves in situations
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to use HelloHi to greet others and use the sentence structure I'm… to introduce themselves in simulated or real situations
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures of this lesson
    ·Be able to use HelloHi to greet others and use the sentence structure I’m… to introduce themselves in situations
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to apply the sentence structures of this lesson to real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures

    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    Make a selfintroduction to the class
    2 Teach Stand up Sit down by body language
    3 Talk about some English words in our life Lead students to say some simple words they know
    4 Share some pictures
    1 Greetings
    Try to say hello or hi to the teacher
    2 Learn Stand up Sit down by body language
    3 Try to say some simple words they know
    4 Look at some pictures and talk about them
    Use the selfintroduction to arouse students' curiosity about the teacher and stimulate students' interest in learning
    Let students realize that English is common in our daily life and further enhance students' confidence in learning English
    Presentation
    1 Meet some new friends
    Show the main scene of Unit 1 on the PPT Wear the headdresses of Wu Yifan Sarah and Miss White to greet the class Point to the other characters in the main scene and teach their names
    Try to remember the new friends in the textbook and say hello or hi to them
    Introduce the key characters and preliminarily perceive the key sentence structure HelloHi I'm…
    2 Look and say
    Show the picture of Let's talk on the PPT Ask a question to lead students to talk about the picture
    Observe and talk about the picture with the teacher
    Cultivate students' observation ability by observing and talking about the picture
    3 Watch and do
    (1)Play the cartoon of Let’s talkfor the first time Ask some questions
    (2) Play the cartoon again Let students match the pictures to the names Check the answers
    (1) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
    (2) Watch the cartoon again and match the pictures to the names
    Help students get an overall perception of the text Strengthen students' memory of the characters




    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    4 Read and act
    Play the recording of Let’s talk Let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Read the dialogue by themselves Practice the dialogue in groups and act it out
    Lead students to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    Practice
    1 Let’s play
    Take out the headdresses of some other characters in this book and introduce them Play the cartoon
    Try to know some other characters in this book Watch the cartoon and read after it Practice the dialogue by themselves Wear the headdresses and roleplay
    Practice the key sentence structures Activate the atmosphere Motivate students' enthusiasm and stimulate their interest in learning
    2 Pass the flower

    Practice the sentence structures by playing the game
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Chain work
    Work in groups and greet each other in a chain
    Create a real situation to develop students' comprehensive language using ability Stimulate students' interest in learning
    2 Dubbing show
    Try to imitate and dub the cartoon characters
    3 Enjoy the song—Hello
    Enjoy the song Try to sing and dance with the teacher
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Sing the song Hello to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The second period(第二课时)
    Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读四文具类单词ruler pencil crayon eraser
    ·够通种活动运句型I have aan…表达拥某物
    Let’s chant
    ·够图片动作音频帮助理解读歌谣
    ·够理解Me too意思实际情景中运
    ▶教学重点
    够理解掌握课重点单词ruler pencil crayon eraser
    ▶教学难点
    够情景中运句型I have aan…表达拥某物
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰教学实物图片等
    Teaching purpose
    课前问拉学生距离歌曲热身活跃课堂气氛通学生介绍相互问学生复节课学容巩固学知识授新做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and dance
    T Can you sing the song we learned last class OK let’s sing and dance together (课件出示教材P10 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
    3 Revision
    The teacher asks some students to wear different headdresses and introduce themselves The other students say HelloHi …
    S1 Hello I’m…
    Ss Hi …
    T Before the class I’ll divide you into four groups Let’s make a competition Try to get more stars
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the new words
    (1) Teach the word ruler
    The teacher takes out a pencil box
    Teaching purpose
    通学生摸摸猜猜铅笔盒里物品玩游戏引出新授单词展示实物声chant等形式教学增强趣味性更利学生理解掌握时做词离句学生初步感知新句型I have…
    T Look I have a pencil box What’s in my pencil box Boys and girls please guess
    Ss …
    T You can come here Close your eyes Touch and guess Who wants to try first OK you please

    T OK tell us What do I have
    S1 …
    T Yes I have a ruler Thank you Go back to your seat Do you have a ruler
    Ss Yes
    T I have a ruler You have a ruler too You can say Me too Follow me please Ruler ↗ ruler↘ u ru ə (r) lə (r) 'rulə (r) a ruler I have a ruler↘
    Write down the sentence I have a ruler and paste the picture of ruler on the blackboard
    Let students take out their rulers and repeat the sentence I have a ruler
    (2) Teach the word pencil
    T What else is in my pencil box Let’s go on Come here touch and guess
    Invite another student to the front Let the student close hisher eyes then touch and guess
    T Tell us what do I have
    S2 …
    T Yes I have a pencil Do you have a pencil
    Ss Yes
    T Follow me Pencil↗ pencil↘ pensl 'pensl a pencil I have a pencil ↘
    Teach the word pencil by the game High and low voice
    Write down the word pencil and paste the picture on the blackboard
    T Show me your pencil
    Students wave their pencils and say loudly Pencil↗ pencil ↘I have a pencil↘
    (3) Teach the words crayon and eraser
    Open the pencil box and take out the crayon and the eraser Teach the words by the game Drive a train Let students pay attention to the expression of an eraser Strengthen the pronunciation of crayon and eraser
    (游戏说明:开单列火车学生序读出单词时开列火车列火车开快)
    T Show me your crayoneraser
    Students wave their crayonserasers and say loudly Crayon ↗ crayon ↘ I have a crayonEraser ↗ eraser ↘I have an eraser↘
    Write down the words crayon eraser and paste the pictures on the blackboard
    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑思维力
    2 Look and say
    Let students look at the picture of Let’s learn carefully Ask some questions to lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Teaching purpose
    学生听录音文具图片标序号回答问题强化学生单词音形记忆时检测学生部分容理解听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    老师带读活动设计抓住学生乐表现心理极调动学生学积极性

    3 Listen read and act
    (1) Listen number and answer
    T Boys and girls listen to the recording and number the stationery in the picture Then answer the questions
    (课件出示:教材P5 Let’s learn板块音频)
    T Who are they
    Ss Zoom and Zip
    T What are they doing
    Ss …
    T What can you see
    Ss A ruler a pencil a crayon an eraser…
    T What do they have
    Ss …
    T Good Zoom has a ruler Zip has an eraser
    (2) Read and act
    Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Invite some students to be little teachers to lead other students to read
    Teaching purpose
    游戏操练新单词句型充分调动学生种感官参活跃课堂氛围够加强学生新单词句型记忆
    Let students practice the words and the sentences in groups Then ask students to wear the headdresses of Zoom and Zip and roleplay
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Which one is missing
    Show the words ruler pencil crayon eraseron the PPT (出示课件) Let students read them loudly Disorder them and hide one of them at a time Ask students to say the missing words as fast as they can
    2 Play a game—Turn turn turn
    Show a big turntable on the PPT (出示课件) Ask a student to come to the front and turn the turntable If the pointer points to the words about stationery the student should practice the words with the sentence structure I have aan… If the pointer points to prize the student can get a prize
    3 I can say
    Let students take out their stationery to the front and make an introduction Give an example
    Teaching purpose
    学生根听录音容出文具序摆放书桌培养学生听音力组排练chant集体展示培养学生合作竞争意识
    Look I have a ruler I…
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Let’s chant
    (1)Play the cartoon of Let’s chant for the first time (课件出示:教材P5 Let’s chant板块视频) Let students take out the stationery they hear and put them in order on their desks
    (2) Play the cartoon again (出示课件) Let students read after the recording

    Teaching purpose
    通游戏操练句型避免形式单朗读训练充分调动学生种感官情景中教学激发学生学热情
    (3) Let students practice the chant in groups Ask students to chant together and show it to the class
    2 Quick response
    T Now let’s play a game When I say I have a ruler if you have a ruler show me your ruler and say Me too as fast as you can OK
    Ss OK
    T I have a ruler
    Ss Me too
    T I have aan…
    Ss Me too

    T Who wants to try
    Invite some students to the front and say I have aan…


    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the words and the sentences of Let’s learn
    2 Sing the chant to your family


    ▶教学反思
    1 单词教学活动形式丰富:实物呈现种游戏操练chant巩固单词教授程中做词离句
    2 整教学流程较清晰教学设计合理较帮助学生掌握新知
    3 采种形式调动学生学积极性营造良英语学氛围
    4 板书设计精美直观清晰明起辅助作



    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words ruler pencil crayon eraser
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure I have aan… properly to express the ownership of something
    Let’s chant
    ·Be able to understand and sing the chant with the picture the actions and the recording
    ·Be able to understand the sentence Me too and use it properly in real situations
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key words of this lesson
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure I have aan… to express the ownership of something
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures I have aan… Me too skillfully in daily life
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and dance
    3 Revision
    Ask students to wear different headdresses and introduce themselves Divide students into four groups
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and dance with the teacher
    3 Wear different headdresses and
    introduce themselves
    Activate the atmosphere Help students review the knowledge of last lesson and prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words ruler pencil crayon eraser by objects and different games
    Learn the new words by guessing the things in the pencil box playing the games and chanting with the teacher
    Let students touch and guess the things in the pencil box Use the games to lead in the new words properly Use different teaching methods to let students understand and master the words And preliminarily perceive the new sentence structure I have…
    2 Look and say
    Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT and ask some questions
    Look at the picture and answer some questions to predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Cultivate students’ observation and logical thinking ability
    3 Listen read and act
    (1)Listen number and answer
    (2)Read and act
    (1) Listen to the recording and number the stationery Answer the questions
    (2) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Try to be little teachers to lead other students to read Practice the dialogue in groups
    Wear the headdresses of Zoom and Zip and roleplay
    Help students strengthen the memory of the words and understand the knowledge in this section better
    Make sure that students read the dialogue correctly and fluently Let students be the little teachers to arouse their enthusiasm for learning

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Which one is missing
    Show the words on the PPT
    Look at the words on the PPT and read them loudly Then play the game Try to say the missing words as fast as they can
    Practice the key words and sentence structure by playing the games Activate the atmosphere Arouse students’ interest
    2 Play a game—Turn turn
    turn
    Practice the words and the sentence structure by the game
    3 I can say
    Let students take out their stationery to the front and make an introduction Give an example
    Take out the stationery to the front and make an introduction Look I have aan…
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Let’s chant
    Play the cartoon of Let’s chant
    Watch the cartoon for the first time Take out the stationery they hear and put them in order on their desks Watch the cartoon again and read after the recording
    Practice the chant in groups then chant together and show it to the class
    Train students’ listening skills Cultivate students’ sense of cooperation and competition
    Create a natural and real situation for students to use the sentence structures reasonably
    2 Quick response
    Play the game Show their school things and say Me too as fast as they can according to what the teacher says
    Homework
    1 Practice the words and the sentences of Let’s learn
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The third period(第三课时)
    Part A Let’s sing & Let’s find out

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s sing
    ·够着录音说唱歌谣初步感知26字母读音形式
    ·够序说出26字母
    Let’s find out
    ·够找出隐藏图片中字母
    ▶教学重点
    1 够初步感知26字母读音形式
    2 够序说出26字母
    ▶教学难点
    够序说出26字母
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    课前问候歌曲热身营造良英语学氛围学生轻松愉快进入角色复旧知巩固学知识
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    Say hello to the class
    T Hello I’m…
    S1 Hi I’m…
    S2 Hi I’m…
    Teaching purpose
    通课件呈现26英文字母字母卡片教授
    学生初步感知26字母读音形式带领学生着拍子朗读26字母学生节奏中加强26字母记忆

    2 Sing and dance—Hello(出示课件)
    3 Revision
    T Look I have a ruler
    Ss Me too

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Can you say
    T Boys and girls we have 26 letters in English What are they
    Look at the screen please
    Show the 26 letters on the PPT (出示课件)T Can you read them
    Ss Yes A B C D…
    T Great OK Follow me please A A A
    Ss A A A

    Teach the 26 letters one by one by using the letter cards Let students
    Teaching purpose
    开火车方式操练26字母学生紧张趣氛围中加深记忆调动学生学积极性学热情
    clap their hands and read the letters
    2 Drive a train
    T Boys and girls now let’s play a game
    Point to a student and say Now the train is coming A Go go go
    S1 B
    S2 C

    (游戏说明意字母开始学生开火车方式接龙
    Teaching purpose
    眼疾口快游戏教学调动学生种感官参活动面全体学生参性强丰富课堂
    串糖葫芦方式学生说字母意指学生)
    3 Sharp eyes
    (1)Let students look at the 26 letters on the PPT Lead students to
    read them one by one
    (2)Play the game
    Show the letters on the PPT one by one slowly and then show quickly
    (出示课件)
    T Now let’s play a game Look at the letters on the screen If you know
    you can stand up and say them loudly Ready
    Ss Go
    Teaching purpose
    着拍子学唱歌曲组PK方式班级展示培养学生合作竞争意识调动学生积极性极鼓舞学生增强信心

    4 Let’s sing
    (1)Play the song for the first time (课件出示:教材P6 Let’s sing
    板块歌曲)
    T Now let’s listen to the song
    (2)Play the song again (出示课件)
    T Listen again and this time please sing with the recording
    (3)Play the song for the third time (出示课件)
    T This time let’s clap our hands and sing together
    Students clap their hands and sing with the teacher
    (4)Ask students to sing in groups
    T Now practice the song in groups please We’ll make a competition
    among the four groups Five minutes for you
    Give the prize to the best group
    Teaching purpose
    助课件学生进步熟知26字母写形式完成填空配练进加强26字母序记忆
    Step 3 Practice
    1 I can fill

    2 I can match


    Teaching purpose
    选取生活中图片引导学生寻找隐藏字母面活动做铺垫时培养学生观察力学生创作幅隐藏着字母图画加强学生字母形记忆利开拓发散性思维

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Look and find
    Show some pictures of daily life on the PPT (课件出示:日常生活中
    隐藏着字母图片) Let students look at the pictures carefully
    T What letters can you find
    Ss …
    2 Let’s find out
    (1)Show the picture of Let’s find out on the PPT (课件出示:
    教材P6 Let’s find out板块图片)
    T The letters are playing games with us Look (Point to the door) What’s this
    Ss …
    T Yes it’s a door And does it look like a letter
    Ss Yes
    T Which letter
    Ss n
    T Great The letters are hiding in the picture Can you find them Please circle the letters you find
    (2)Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P6 Let’s find out板块答案)
    3 Let’s draw
    Let students draw a picture with some hidden letters then share it with the class
    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing the ABC song to your family
    2 Do the exercises (见 状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分P47第四题)

    ▶教学反思
    1 充分利网络资源服务课堂教学利生动形象图片辅助教学激发学生学兴趣调动学生学积极性
    2 游戏形式样充满趣味性面全体学生较兼顾层次学生
    3 设计开放性练学生创作含隐藏字母图片培养学生发散性思维


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s sing
    ·Be able to sing the ABC song and perceive the pronunciation and the form of the 26 letters
    ·Be able to say the 26 letters in order
    Let’s find out
    ·Be able to find out the hidden letters from the picture
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to perceive the pronunciation and the form of the 26 letters
    ·Be able to say the 26 letters in order
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to say the 26 letters in order
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    Say hello to the class
    2 Sing and dance—Hello
    3 Revision
    1 Try to say hello to the teacher
    2 Sing and dance
    3 Review the words and the sentence structures
    Create a good English learning atmosphere Cultivate students’ interest in learning Help students review the knowledge of last lesson
    Presentation
    1 Can you say
    Show the 26 letters on the PPT Teach the letters by the letter cards
    Look at the 26 letters on the PPT Try to read the letters by themselves and read after the teacher Learn the letters by the letter cards Clap their hands and read the letters
    Let students perceive the pronunciation and the form of the 26 letters Strengthen the memory of the 26 letters in the beat
    2 Drive a train
    Play the game Drive a train Say the letters one by one in order
    Cultivate students’ interest in learning Help students deepen their memory in a tense and interesting atmosphere
    3 Sharp eyes
    Show the letters on the PPT Let students read them one by one Then play the game
    Look at the letters and read them one by one
    Then play the game Look at the letters on the screen then stand up and say them loudly
    Activate the atmosphere
    Mobilize the participation of students’ multiple senses Strengthen the memory of the letters
    4 Let’s sing
    (1)Play the song—ABC song
    (2)Play the song again Let students sing with the recording
    (3)Play the song Let students clap their hands and sing with the teacher
    (4)Let students practice the song in groups and then make a competition
    (1) Listen to the song for the first time
    (2) Listen again and try to sing with the recording
    (3) Clap hands and sing with the teacher
    (4) Practice the song in groups Make a competition among the four groups
    Cultivate students’ sense of cooperation and competition Enhance students’ confidence
    Practice
    1 I can fill
    Look at the screen and fill in the blanks
    Let students fill in the blanks and finish the matching task to strengthen the memory of the 26 letters
    2 I can match
    Look at the letters on the PPT Match the letters
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Look and find
    Look at the pictures on the PPT carefully Try to find the letters
    Strengthen the 26 letters Develop students’ observation ability Cultivate students’ divergent thinking
    2 Let’s find out
    Look at the picture and try
    to find the hidden letters
    Then check the answers
    3 Let’s draw
    Draw a picture with some
    hidden letters then share it
    with the class
    Homework
    1 Sing the ABC song to your family
    2 Do the exercises

    The fourth period(第四课时)
    Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够正确语音语调意群朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够听懂会说核心句型—What’s your name —My name’s…GoodbyeBye
    ·够情景中运句型—What’s your name —My name’s…询问方姓名作答
    ·够GoodbyeBye道
    Let’s play
    ·够情景中运句型—What’s your name —My name’s…进行问答游戏
    ▶教学重点
    1 够情景中运句型—What’s your name —My name’s…询问方姓名作答
    2 够GoodbyeBye道
    ▶教学难点
    够日常生活中然运课核心句型进行交际
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰面具等
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    Teaching purpose
    通唱歌活跃课堂氛围进入课前准备学生做介绍复旧知新知学做铺垫
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—ABC song (课件出示:教材P6 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
    Let students clap their hands and sing the song together
    3 Revision
    T Do you have an English name Can you introduce yourself Who wants to try first
    Invite some students to the front to introduce themselves by using Hello Hi I’m…



    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the sentence structure My name’s…
    The teacher takes out different headdresses and wears the headdress of Chen Jie then greets the class Hello I’m Chen Jie I can also say that Teaching purpose
    通戴头饰做介绍引出课核心句型学生解方式介绍然引入新知学生易理解掌握面学做铺垫
    my name’s Chen Jie
    The teacher wears the headdress of Mike and says Hello my name’s Mike
    The teacher wears the headdress of John and says Hello my name’s John What’s your name
    Teach the sentence structure My name’s… several times Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力
    and lead students to answer the question by using My name’s…
    2 Look and say
    Show the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT (课件出示:教材P7 Let’s talk板块图片)Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue

    Teaching purpose
    帮助学生全面感知文获取信息老师带读活动设计学生体会英语学带豪感成感传话游戏增强学生合作竞争意识帮助学生加深句型记忆
    3 Watch answer and act
    (1)Play the cartoon about Picture 1(出示课件)Let students watch the cartoon with a question What are their names
    T One boy is Mike and the other is John If you want to know somebody’s name you can ask What’s your name He She can answer My name’s…
    Write down the sentence structures —What’s your name —My name’s… on the blackboard Let students read after the cartoon Invite some students to be little teachers to lead other students to read
    Then ask students to play the game Whisper Let two lines of students pass on the two sentences one by one in a low voice
    ①What’s your name
    ②My name’s…
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    Choose the best line
    (2)Play the cartoon about Picture 2(出示课件)Let students watch and answer the following questions
    ①Who are they
    ②What does the woman say to the boys
    ③What do the boys say to the woman
    S1 They are Mike John and Miss White
    S2 Miss White says Goodbye
    S3 The boys say Bye Miss White
    Help students understand Goodbye Bye by body language Then say
    Goodbye to different students
    T Goodbye S1
    S1 Bye …

    (3)Ask students to read after the whole cartoon and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Let them practice the dialogue in groups and roleplay Then choose some students to show in class
    Teaching purpose
    文构帮助学生进步熟悉理解话容利课件创设定情景学生分角色表演操练话便学生掌握核心句型
    Step 3 Practice
    1 I can fill

    Check the answers together
    2 Roleplay
    Create a situation by the PPT Let students wear the headdresses and roleplay
    Teaching purpose
    学生寻找名字游戏活跃课堂气氛调动学生学积极性激发学生学兴趣

    3 Let’s play
    Let each student write down hisher English name on a piece of paper Provide an English name for the student who doesn’t have an English name Then put all the paper into a box Ask a student to pick one from the box
    Ss What’s your name
    S1 My name’s…
    S2 Oh That’s my name


    Teaching purpose
    举办化装舞会学生真实轻松愉快情景中学知识然进行交际加深句型理解运创设情境教学培养学生综合语言运力师生道学生语境中理解运GoodbyeBye
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Welcome to our party
    T Now let’s begin our costume party Boys and girls please take out your masks You can go and get to know each other
    Let students wear the masks and greet each other by using the sentence structures —What’s your name — My name’s…
    T How many friends do you make Who are they
    S1 …
    S2 …

    T OK Class is over Let’s say goodbye to your friends
    Ss Goodbye Bye …

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Recite the text
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 教学目标明确教学重难点握准确整教学程重点突出
    2 注重创设情境教学充分利媒体资源优势学生情景中然进行话交际
    3 充分发挥教师引导作引导学生理解运学知识
    4 活动设计符合学生心理特点生理特点极激发学生学热情尊重学生体位学生活动操练合作中逐步掌握重难点知识

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to understand and read the key sentence structures —What’s your name —My name’s… and GoodbyeBye
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures properly in situations
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures properly in situations
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures —What’s your name —My name’s… in situations
    ·Be able to say goodbye to other people by using GoodbyeBye
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to apply the key sentence structures of this lesson to real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—ABC song
    3 Revision
    Invite some students to introduce themselves by using HelloHi I’m…
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—ABC song
    3 Introduce themselves by using HelloHi I’m…
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning Help students review the knowledge of last lesson and prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Teach the sentence structure
    My name’s… Wear different headdresses to teach the sentence structure My name’s… and lead students to answer the question What’s your name by using My name’s…
    Learn the sentence structure My name’s… Try to answer the question by using My name’s…
    Lead in the key sentence structure properly by wearing different headdresses Help students understand and master the new knowledge Prepare for the next step
    2 Look and say
    Show the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT and ask some questions to lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Look at the pictures and predict the main idea of the dialogue by the questions
    Lead students to observe and talk about the pictures to predict the main idea Cultivate students’ observation ability
    3 Watch answer and act
    (1) Play the cartoon about Picture 1 Help students understand the dialogue Teach the sentence structures —What’s your name —My name’s… Invite some students to be little teachers to lead other students to read Then ask students to play the game Whisper Choose the best line
    (2) Play the cartoon about Picture 2 Help students understand Goodbye Bye by body language
    (3) Let students read and act
    (1)Watch the cartoon and try to understand the dialogue Read after the cartoon and learn the sentence structures Try to be little teachers and play the game
    (2)Watch the cartoon and try to understand GoodbyeBye
    (3)Read after the whole cartoon Practice the dialogue in groups and roleplay Then show in class
    Help students get an overall perception of the text and the useful information Motivate students’ interest in learning English and let them feel the sense of pride and achievement Strengthen the memory of the sentence structures Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 I can fill
    Check the answers
    Fill in the blanks Check the answers with the teacher
    Help students practice the key sentence structures Activate the atmosphere
    2 Roleplay
    Create a situation by the PPT
    Wear the headdresses and roleplay
    3 Let’s play
    Let each student write down hisher English name on a piece of paper Then put all the paper into a box
    Each student writes down hisher English name on a piece of paper Try to find their own names from the box
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Welcome to our party
    Let students wear the masks and greet each other by using the key sentence structures
    Wear the masks and greet each other by using the key sentence structures
    Create a natural and real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Cultivate students’ interest in learning
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Recite the text
    3 Do the exercises
    The fifth period(第五课时)
    Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够通观察谈Let’s learn板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够听说认读四新词汇bag pencil box pen book
    Let’s do
    ·够理解Let’s do板块句子意思够指令做动作
    ·够养成良行惯爱惜文具
    ▶教学重点
    够听说认读四新词汇bag pencil box pen book
    ▶教学难点
    够理解Let’s do板块句子意思够指令做动作
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片教学实物图片等
    Teaching purpose
    通唱歌复日常问候交际语活跃课堂气氛时帮助学生复巩固介绍句型关文具词汇新知学基础学生分组PK激发学生求胜心理学热情
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and dance—Hello(出示课件)
    3 Revision
    Let students sing the chant on page 5 (出示课件) Then ask students to make a dialogue by using the following sentences

    Divide students into four groups Bag Pencil box Pen Book Let them make a competition
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the word bag
    The teacher takes out a bag and points to it
    T Look I have a bag Do you have a bag
    Ss Yes
    Teaching purpose
    实物教学结合声唱反调方式教授新单词短语极激发学生学兴趣活跃课堂氛围寓教乐然引出Your…表达词离句帮助学生语境中理解含义
    Teach the word bag by the game High and low voice
    T I have a bag b æ g bæg My bag
    Point to a student’s bag and say Your bag Lead students to clap hands and chant Bag ↗ bag↘ my bag↗ your bag↘
    Write down the word bag on the blackboard
    2 Teach the phrase pencil box
    T Boys and girls what’s in my bag Please guess
    S1 …
    Take out a pencil box from the bag
    T Wow It’s a pencil box Do you have a pencil box
    Ss Yes
    T I have a pencil box pensl 'pensl bɒks bɒks
    'pensl bɒks My pencil box
    Teach the phrase pencil box by the game Opposite tune Then lead students to clap hands and chant Pencil box ↗ pencil box↘ my pencil box↗ your pencil box ↘
    Teaching purpose
    实物教学学生直观感受种形式操练增强趣味性学生着节拍起chant时操练单词句型节奏韵律说唱中加深核心词汇记忆
    Write down pencil box on the blackboard
    3 Teach the word pen
    Open the pencil box
    T Look What’s this
    Ss …
    T Great It’s a pen p e n pen
    Teach the word by passing the pen Lead students to clap hands and chant Pen ↗ pen↘ my pen ↗ your pen ↘
    Write down the word pen on the blackboard
    4 Teach the word book
    Wave the English book and ask What’s this
    Ss …
    T Bingo It’s a book bʊk bʊk
    Teach the word by the game Jump and say
    (活动说明教师书放学生头顶方学生跳跃头碰书时声朗读单词)
    Lead students to clap hands and chant Book↗ book↘ my book ↗ your book↘
    Teaching purpose
    适时渗透情感价值观教育引导学生细心爱惜学品
    Write down the word book on the blackboard
    5 Learn the new word bridge
    Play the video (课件出示:教材P8 Let’s learn板块视频) Let students talk about what they see and number the school things according to the video Teachnoseveral times Then let students read the dialogue after the recording
    T How careless Zoom is Class we should be careful and cherish our school things
    Teaching purpose
    先学生完成形义配练通抽卡片萝卜蹲游戏巩固操练单词短语丰富活动形式层层递进效训练层次学生学生轻松愉悦氛围中掌握新知
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Do a matching task
    Disorder the word cards and the pictures on the blackboard Let students do the matching task
    (活动说明:教师黑板单词卡片图片序乱请学完成配练奖励完成学)
    2 Choose the cards
    Let students choose the cards of pencil box book pen bag King Queen If they choose King or Queen they can get a prize If they choose other words or phrase they have to read them three times
    3 Up and down
    Let some students take out their stationery to the front such as a pencil box a pen a pencil a bag a ruler and so on
    Give an example Bag down bag down bag down then book down
    Teaching purpose
    通肢体语言学生理解掌握四动词含义学生根指令做动作根动作说出指令性语充分调动学生种感官参通游戏创设真实然情境学生愉快氛围中练词汇指令性语
    The last student will be the winner and heshe can get a prize
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s do
    (1)I say you do
    ①Play the cartoon for the first time (课件出示:教材P8 Let’s do板块视频) Teach the words open show close carry by body language Then lead students to do the actions after the video
    ②T Now I say you do Open your book…
    Ask students to do the actions according to the instructions
    ③Let students practice the sentences in groups and then read aloud to the class
    (2)I do you say
    ①T Now let’s play the game I do you say
    Ask students to say the sentences according to the actions
    ②Let students practice the sentences in groups Ask them to imitate the game and show it to the class
    Give the prize to the best group
    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Read the words and the phrase
    2 Practice the sentences of Let’s do with your partners
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1 种丰富游戏贯穿教学始终声唱反调抽卡片萝卜蹲说做等活跃课堂气氛充分调动学生学积极性
    2 整教学程环环相扣层层递进层次学生较训练
    3 评价机制设定利培养学生合作竞争意识激发学生学热情
    4 抓住课堂契机适时渗透情感价值观教育体现学生教学理念


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the picture and the teacher
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words and phrase bag pencil box pen book
    Write and say
    ·Be able to understand the sentences and do the actions according to the instructions
    ·Be able to form good behavior habits and cherish stationery
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words and phrase bag pencil box pen book
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to understand the sentences and do the actions according to the instructions
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and dance—Hello
    3 Revision
    Let students sing the chant
    Ask students to make a dialogue Divide students into four groups and ask them to compete
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and dance with the
    teacher
    3 Sing the chant on page 5 Then make a dialogue Make a competition among groups
    Through greetings and the song activate the atmosphere Help students review the knowledge of last lesson and prepare for the new lesson Cultivate students’ interest in learning through the group competition
    Presentation
    1 Teach the word bag
    Take out a bag and lead in the word Teach the word bag by the game High and low voice Lead students to clap hands and chant
    Learn the word bag by the game High and low voice Clap hands and chant with the teacher
    Teach the new words and phrase through the real objects and the games Help students practice them by different activities Cultivate students’ interest in learning Elevate students’ learning initiative
    And lead in the new sentence structure Your… properly
    2 Teach the phrase pencil box
    Let students guess what’s in the bag Teach the phrase pencil box by the game
    Opposite tune Lead students to clap hands and chant
    Guess what’s in the teacher’s bag Learn the phrase pencil box by the game Opposite tune Clap hands and chant with the teacher
    3 Teach the word pen
    Open the pencil box and say Look What’s this Teach the word by passing the pen Lead students to clap hands and chant
    Learn the word pen by passing the pen
    Clap hands and chant with the teacher
    4 Teach the word book Wave the English book and ask What’s this Teach the word by the game Jump and say
    Lead students to clap hands and chant
    Answer what’s in the teacher’s hand Learn the word book by the game Jump and say Clap hands and chant with the teacher



    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    5 Teach the dialogue
    Play the video Let students talk about what they see and number the school things Teach no several times Let students read the dialogue after the recording
    Watch the video
    Talk about what they can see Number the school things Learn no Read the dialogue after the recording
    Infiltrate emotional values Remind students to be careful and cherish their school things
    Practice
    1 Do a matching task
    Disorder the word cards and the pictures on the blackboard
    Do the matching task
    Help students practice the words and the phrase Activate the atmosphere

    2 Choose the cards

    Play the game Choose the word cards and read the words and the phrase

    3 Up and down

    Take out their stationery to do the game Up and down
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s do
    (1) I say you do
    Teach the words Let
    students do the actions according to the instructions
    (2)I do you say
    Let students say the sentences according to the actions
    (1) Try to do the actions
    according to the teacher’s instructions Practice the sentences in groups and read aloud to the class
    (2) Try to say the sentences
    according to the teacher’s actions
    Help students understand the meanings of the four verbs by body language Create a natural and real situation to help students use the sentences reasonably
    Homework
    1 Read the words and the phrase
    2 Practice the sentences of Let’s do with your partners
    3 Do the exercises
    The sixth period(第六课时)
    Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Start to read
    ·够识认读26字母完成圈出相字母练
    ·够听说认读单元学词汇正确数出相词汇数量
    Let’s check
    ·够观察图片根图片信息预测听力考查点意识听录音排序
    ·够观察图片朗读词汇完成配练
    Let’s sing
    ·够听懂唱歌曲创编新歌曲
    ▶教学重点
    1 够识认读26字母
    2 复单元学品关词汇做听懂会说认读词汇
    ▶教学难点
    够识认读26字母独立完成Let’s check板块练
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    通唱歌复26字母营造英语学氛围帮助学生复询问姓名介绍句型巩固旧知
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2Sing a song—ABC song (出示课件)
    Let students clap hands and sing the song together
    3 Revision

    Ask students to introduce themselves by filling in the blanks according to the pictures

    Review the sentence structures above by having a free talk between the teacher and students
    Teaching purpose
    注重学生学方法进行指导时培养学生观察力
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Circle the same letters
    (1) Take out the letter cards disorder them and let students read one by one Let students recite the 26 letters in order
    (2) Invite some students to read the letters in the book
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏复操练单元关学品词汇激发学生学兴趣效活跃课堂气氛面复做铺垫
    (3) Let students circle the same letters Ask students to count the same letters Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P9 Circle the same letters答案)
    2 Whackmole
    Let students play the game to practice the words and the phrase pen pencil pencil box eraser ruler book bag crayon
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生先朗读词汇画线画圈等方式标记相词汇边读边数学生学方法进行效指导加深学生词汇识读记忆
    (游戏说明:课件制作鼠游戏鼠举着词汇卡:pen pencil pencil box eraser ruler book bag crayon鼠举起词汇卡时候学生读词汇教师鼠标控制锤子锤词汇鼠进洞)
    3 Read and count
    (1) Let students look at the words and phrase on the leaves and then read them one by one
    (2) Let students mark the same words and phrase in the same way and then count them For example they can underline pencil when they see pencil and they can circle pen when they see pen
    Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P9 Read and count 答案)
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Whisper
    Teaching purpose
    学生紧张趣游戏中操练句型避免形式单读听前预留时间学生听力容进行预测培养学生听力技巧
    做配练前学生根图片说词汇义形配培养学生学方法
    Teaching purpose
    检测学生纳总结力培养学生发散性思维
    Divide students into several groups Let them pass on different sentences in a low voice one by one Let the last student in each group share the sentence with the class The best group will get a prize
    Sentences are like these
    Ÿ What’s your name
    Ÿ My name’s Mike
    Ÿ Hello I’m Sarah
    Ÿ Goodbye Miss White

    2 Listen and number
    (1) Let students look at the four pictures carefully and predict the listening contents
    (2) Remind students to listen to the key words Play the recording (课件出示:教材P10 Listen and number音频) Let students listen to it and try to number the pictures Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P10 Listen and number答案)
    (3)Play the recording again (出示课件) Let students read after the recording
    3 Look and match
    (1) Let students cover the words and the phrase and say them according to the pictures
    Teaching purpose
    创设情境帮助学生更理解歌曲然学生创编新歌培养学生发散性思维增强学生创造力学信心
    (2) Let students read the words and the phrase one by one and then match them to the pictures Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P10 Look and match答案)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s sing
    (1)Play the song for the first time (课件出示:教材P10 Let’s sing板块歌曲) Let students listen to it carefully
    T How many names can you hear Who are they
    Ss …
    (2)Play the song again (出示课件) Lead students to clap hands and sing with the recording Let them practice in groups Invite some students to wear the headdresses and the others sing the song and greet them
    (3)Make a new song
    Let students try to make a new song with their friends’ names Make a model
    Hello Dora Do oh do Hello Jackson Do oh do
    Hello Jay Do oh do Hello Hello Hello
    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Read the words and the phrase
    2 Sing the song Hello to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见 状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 进行听力活动练前预留时间学生观察思考突出学生学体位充分发挥教师引导作学生足够时间空间培养学力
    2 鼠传话游戏等活动设计符合学生心理特点生理特点营造良学氛围增强学生学动性
    3 注重学生学方法指导学生读指导听指导做指导
    4 实施单元整体教学较实现单元教学目标够单元重点词汇句型进行准确复巩固


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Start to read
    ·Be able to recognize and read the 26 letters and complete the exercise Circle the same letters
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the vocabulary of this unit and count the same vocabulary
    Let’s check
    ·Be able to predict the examination points according to the pictures and listen and number the pictures purposefully
    ·Be able to observe the pictures read the vocabulary and complete the matching exercise
    Let’s sing
    ·Be able to understand and sing the song and make a new song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to recognize and read the 26 letters
    ·Review the words and the phrase about school things of this unit and be able to listen speak and read them
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to recognize and read the 26 letters and finish the exercises of Let’s check independently
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—ABC song
    3 Revision
    Lead students to review the words and the sentence structures by filling in the blanks and having a free talk
    1 Try to say hello to the teacher
    2 Clap hands and sing the song together
    3 Fill in the blanks to introduce themselves Talk with the teacher
    Use the song to create a good English learning atmosphere Help students review the words and the sentence structures
    Presentation
    1 Circle the same letters
    (1) Take out the letter cards disorder them and let students read one by one Let students recite the 26 letters in order
    (2) Invite some students to read the letters in the book
    (3) Let students circle the same letters Ask students to count the same letters Check the answers on the PPT

    Read the letters on the cards Try to recite the 26 letters in order Read the letters in the book Circle the same letters Count the same letters Check the answers with the teacher
    Help students review the 26 letters Cultivate students’ observation ability
    2 Whackamole
    Let students play the game

    Play the game to practice the words and the phrase pen pencil pencil box eraser ruler book bag crayon
    Lead students to practice the key words and phrase
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning Activate the atmosphere Prepare for the following study
    3 Read and count
    Let students look at the words and the phrase on the leaves and then read them one by one Let students mark the same words and phrase in the same way and then count them
    Look at the words and the phrase on the leaves and read them one by one Mark the same words and phrase in the same way and then count them
    Strengthen the words and the phrase
    Cultivate students’ learning methods

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Whisper
    Divide students into several groups Let them pass on different sentences in a low voice Give a prize to the best group
    Try to pass on different sentences in a low voice
    The last student in each group shares the sentence with the class
    Lead students to practice the key words phrase and sentence structures Develop their listening skills Cultivate their learning methods
    2 Listen and number
    Let students look at the four pictures carefully and predict the listening contents Play the recording
    Check the answers
    Look at the four pictures carefully and predict the contents Listen to the recording and number the pictures
    Check the answers Read after the recording
    3 Look and match
    Let students cover the words and the phrase Then say the words and the phrase according to the pictures
    Let students read and match
    Cover the words and the phrase Then say the words and the phrase according to the pictures Read and match
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension

    Let’s sing
    Play the song Lead students to understand and learn the song Let students make a new song

    Listen to the song clap hands and sing with the recording Practice in groups
    Try to make a new song
    Create a natural and real situation to help students understand and learn the song Cultivate students’ divergent thinking Enhance students’ confidence
    Homework
    1 Read the words and the phrase
    2 Sing the song Hello to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    Unit 2 Colours

    教材分析
    单元学题颜色介绍问候教学容围绕Miss White等见面招呼相互认识Wu YifanMike家做客场景展开教学重点够听懂会说核心句型Good morningGood afternoonThis is…Nice to meet you够听说认读单词red green yellow blue black brown white orange
    教学目标
    知识力目标
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型Good morningGood afternoonThis is…Nice to meet you
    词汇
    ·听说认读单词red green yellow blue black brown white orange
    字母语音
    ·正确听说读写字母Aa Bb Cc Dd知道单词中发音

    力目标:
    ·够情境中运句型Good morningGood afternoon表达问候回应问候
    ·够情境中运句型This is…介绍
    ·够情境中运句型Nice to meet you表达初次相识介绍相识时相互间问候
    ·听字母说出应发音

    情感态度文化意识学策略目标:
    ·学会问候介绍朋友
    ·解彩虹颜色组成
    ·够建立单词音义形间联系整体学单词

    课时安排
    第课时 Part A Let's talk & Draw and say
    第二课时 Part A Let's learn & Let's do
    第三课时 Part A Letters and sounds
    第四课时 Part B Let's talk & Let's play
    第五课时 Part B Let's learn & Let's do
    第六课时 Part B Start to read & Let's check & Let's sing
    The first period(第课时)
    Part A Let’s talk & Draw and say
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够理解话意正确语音语调朗读话
    ·够语境中运Good morning表达问候
    ·够语境中运句型This is…介绍正确Miss Mr称呼
    Draw and say
    ·够运句型 This is…介绍画教师肖画正确Miss Mr称呼
    ▶教学重点
    够理解掌握课时核心句型Good morningThis is…
    ▶教学难点
    1 够实际情景中正确运句型This is…介绍
    2 够正确Miss Mr称呼区分读音
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    热身环节通师生间话接龙游戏营造轻松学氛围时复巩固单元重点句型
    导入环节通展示格林姐琼斯先生图片引出新课翁学正确MissMr称呼进导入新课
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls
    Ss Hello Mrs Mr…
    T Hi boy What's your name
    S1 My name is…
    T Hello girl What's your name
    S2 I'm…
    2 Revision
    Let students ask and answer one by one
    S1 Hello I'm… What's your name
    S2 Hello I'm… What's your name
    S3 Hello I'm… What's your name

    3 Leadin
    Show the pictures of Miss Green and Mr Jones Let students guess who they are

    T Look at the pictures Who is she Yes she's Miss Green mɪs grin And who is he He's Mr Jones 'mɪstə (r) dʒəʊnz They are teachers too The woman teacher is Miss Green And the name of the man teacher is Jones Can we call him Miss Jones
    Ss No
    T Yes We should call him Mr Jones
    Show some photos of different adults on the PPT (出示课件) Let students choose Miss or Mr for these people
    T Now let's say hello to Miss Green OK
    Ss OK Hello Miss Green
    T Now please say hi to Mr Jones
    Ss Hi Mr Jones
    Teaching purpose
    通创设真实情景学生听懂会说句型Good morningThis is…师生生生间充分操练学生情景中学会运
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the new sentences
    (1) Show a picture of the rising sun on the PPT (出示课件)
    T Look at the picture When is it In the morning or in the afternoon And how do you know that
    Ss …
    T Yes We can see the rising sun It's morning now

    Teach students the pronunciation and the meaning of morning Let students follow the teacher to read and practice it several times
    T Good morning boys and girls Good g ʊ d gʊd Morning mɔ nɪŋ 'mɔnɪŋ Good morning You can answer like this Good morning MissMr…
    Ss Good morning MissMr…
    Write down the sentence Good morning on the blackboard
    T Boys say Good morning to all the girls
    Bs Good morning girls
    T Now Girls say Good morning to the boys
    Gs Good morning boys
    (2) Create a real situation to teach the sentence structure This is…
    Let two students wear the headdresses of Miss Green and Mr Jones
    T Look This is Miss Green This ð ɪs ðɪs You can introduce this woman teacher like this This is Miss Green
    Write down the sentence structure This is Miss… on the blackboard
    T Let's say Good morning to Miss Green
    Ss Good morning Miss Green
    T (Point to the student who wears the headdress of Mr Jones) This is…
    Ss This is Mr Jones
    Write down the sentence structure This is Mr… on the blackboard
    T Say Good morning to Mr Jones
    Ss Good morning Mr Jones
    T You are great (Point to S1) Look this is…
    Ss This is S1
    T Good morning S1 (Point to S2) This is…
    Ss This is S2
    T Good morning S2

    (3) Let students use the sentence structure This is… to introduce their classmates in groups For example
    S1 Good morning I'm S1 This is S2
    S2 Good morning I'm S2 This is S3
    S3 Good morning I'm S3 This is S4
    Teaching purpose
    通观察图片学生猜测Miss White谁交谈开放性问题激发学生奇心表达欲进引出板块话场景帮助学生更理解话语境
    S4 Good morning I'm S4 This is S1
    2 Look and guess
    Show the picture of Miss White in Let's talk

    T Who is she
    Ss Miss White
    T Who is she talking to Can you guess
    S1 Wu Yifan
    S2 Mr Jones
    S3 Miss Green

    T Good guess

    Teaching purpose
    务型教学法效集中学生注意力时学生通听录音观视频够文句型表达更深入认知理解
    3 Listen and answer
    (1)Play the recording of Let's talk (课件出示:教材P14 Let's talk板块音频) Let students listen to the recording and finish the task
    T After listening to the recording please choose the right answer Who is Miss White talking to


    (2)Play the video and let students watch it carefully (课件出示:教材P14 Let's talk板块视频) Then ask them to answer the question
    T What are they talking about
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    Ss …
    4 Listen and answer
    (1)Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2)Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3)Let students practice the dialogue in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out the dialogue in classTeaching purpose
    通游戏形式巩固操练课时核心句型极提升学生学热情学生真正做学中玩玩中学

    Step 3 Practice
    1 Play a turntable game
    There are some photos of different famous cartoon characters on the turntable Let students use the sentence structure This is… to introduce the famous cartoon character that is pointed to one by one
    2 Draw and say
    Draw the simple picture of a woman on the blackboard and lead students to say This is Miss Green Then draw the simple picture of a man and lead students to say This is Mr Jones
    3 Draw and introduce
    Let students work in groups of four One of the students draws a picture of his or her favourite teacher and then introduces the person heshe draws to the other three students
    For example
    S1 This is MissMr…
    S2S3S4 Good morning MissMr…
    Choose some students who draw well to come to the front and introduce the person they draw

    Teaching purpose
    创设趣味情境学生熟悉童话事白雪公例通分组表演介绍事物激发学生学兴趣进步巩固核心句型
    Give some stars to the students who do a good job
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let's act
    Create an interesting acting environment Let students work in groups of five Let students introduce each other in groups Choose the best group to show in class
    For example
    Show some headdresses of the cartoon characters in Snow White the dwarf the princess the prince the hunter the queen Let them introduce each other
    S1(Princess) Hello (Point to S2) This is the prince
    S2(Prince) Hi (Point to S3) This is the hunter
    S3(Hunter) Good morning (Point to S4) This is the dwarf
    S4(Dwarf) Good morning (Point to S5) This is the queen
    S5(Queen) Hi(Point to S1) This is the princess

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let's talk
    2 Use the new sentence structure to introduce your family members
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1活动设计形式丰富易操作具备层次感较活跃课堂氛围时效提升学生核心素养
    2开放性问题设置激发学生奇心求知欲推动学生思考课堂教学更高效
    3游戏环节安排极提升学生学兴趣学生真正体会英语学乐趣
    4突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情境中然学语言
    5板书设计目然重点突出课堂教学提供辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let's talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation
    ·Be able to greet others with Good morning in context
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure This is… to introduce other people properly in situations and address others as Miss or Mr correctly
    Draw and say
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure This is… to introduce the teacher's portrait and address others as Miss or Mr correctly
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures Good morning This is… of this lesson
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure This is… correctly in real situations
    ·Be able to address others asMiss Mr correctly and distinguish their pronunciations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Revision
    Let students ask and answer one by one
    3 Leadin
    Show the pictures of Miss Green and Mr Jones Teach the words Miss and Mr
    1 Greetings
    2 Ask and answer one by
    one Review the sentence structures they have learnt
    3 Learn the words Miss and Mr Say hello to the two characters in this period
    Create a relaxing learning
    atmosphere by the greetings and the game Review and consolidate the key sentence structures of the previous unit Introduce the main characters of this period by showing the pictures of Miss Green and Mr Jones Learn to address other people as Miss or Mr correctly and lead in the new lesson





    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes





    Presentation








    1 Teach the new sentences
    (1)Show a picture of the rising sun on the PPT and teach the sentence Good morning
    (2)Create a real situation to
    teach the sentence structure This is…
    (3)Let students practice the sentence structure by introducing their classmates in groups
    (1)Observe the picture and
    learn the sentence Good morning
    (2)Learn the sentence structure This is…
    (3)Introduce their classmates in groups by using the sentence structure This is…
    Create a real situation to lead students to understand and learn the new expressions And fully practice so that students can learn to use them in situations
    2 Look and guess
    Show the picture of Miss White in Let's talk
    Observe the picture and guess who Miss White is talking to
    Stimulate students' curiosity and the desire to express with the open question Lead in the scene of the dialogue in Let's talk and help students understand the context better
    3 Listen and answer
    (1)Play the recording of Let's talk Let students listen to the recording and finish the task
    (2)Play the video and let
    students watch it carefully Then ask them to answer the question
    (1)Listen to the recording
    and choose the right answer
    (2)Watch the video carefully
    and answer the question
    Taskbased teaching method can effectively concentrate students' attention At the same time students can have a deeper understanding of the sentence structures by listening to the recording and watching the video
    4 Read and act
    Play the recording Read after the recording
    Read the dialogue by themselves Practice the dialogue in groups and then act it out
    Lead students to read the dialogue correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Play a turntable game
    Use the sentence structure This is… to introduce the famous cartoon character that is pointed to one by one
    Use games to practice the key sentence structures and greatly improve students' enthusiasm for learning Make sure that students can learn while playing
    2 Draw and say
    Draw the simple pictures on the blackboard

    Introduce the two people in the pictures with This is Miss Green and This is Mr Jones
    3 Draw and introduce
    Let students work in groups of four Choose some students who draw well to show in the front Give some stars to the students who do a good job
    Work in groups of four
    One of the students draws a picture of hisher favourite teacher and then introduce the person to the other three students
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let's act
    Create an interesting acting environment Let students work in groups of five Let students introduce each other in groups Choose the best group to show in class
    Act in groups to introduce each other
    Create an interesting environment of the fairy tale Snow White Stimulate students' learning interest and further consolidate the key sentence structures of this lesson
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let's talk
    2 Use the new sentence structure to introduce your family members
    3 Do the exercises

    The second period(第二课时)
    Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读颜色单词red yellow green blue
    Let’s do
    ·够听懂该板块指令语指令语做出相应动作
    ▶教学重点
    够听说认读表示颜色单词red yellow green blue
    ▶教学难点
    听懂Let’s do板块指令语指令语做出相应动作
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰颜色卡片魔法棒等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离创设愉快学氛围时复关招呼句型
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls
    Ss Hello MissMr…
    T Hello S1 Good morning
    S1 Hello MissMr… Good morning
    T Hello S2 Good morning
    S2 Hello MissMr… Good morning
    T Hello S3 Good morning
    S3 Hello MissMr… Good morning
    Teaching purpose
    教师通示范学生感知句型Show me your…通TPR活动学生熟练掌握指令性语言 Show me your…
    ……
    2 Listen and do
    T Take out your pens pencils books rulers and crayons Now please listen and do (Demonstrate for students first) Show me your book
    T Show me your ruler
    Students show the rulers
    T Show me your pencil
    Students show the pencils
    T Show me your crayon
    Students show the crayons

    Teaching purpose
    关颜色歌曲活跃课堂气氛时引出课题面教授四颜色单词做铺垫
    Students show the books
    3 Enjoy a song—Colour song
    T You all did a very good job It’s a happy day Let’s enjoy a nice song together
    Play the recording and explain the word rainbow with the picture (课件出示:教材P20 Let’s sing板块歌曲音频张彩虹图片)
    Teaching purpose
    通创设趣变魔法情境激发学生学兴趣学生够助图片直观理解学四关颜色单词教师引导初步感知新句型I see…
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the new words about colours
    (1)Teach the word red
    Show the magic stick and say Three two one(课件出示:翻译笔点动先呈现没颜色狗点变成红色狗接着点第二变成绿色狗点第三变成黄色狗点第四变成蓝色狗)
    T I have a magic stick This is a dog Three two one Look This is a red dog Red eedred red
    Write down the word red on the blackboard and teach it in high and low voice
    T Red red red I see red Follow me please
    Ss Red red red I see red
    (2) Teach the word green
    T Three two one Now look This is a green dog Green grin grin green
    Write down the word green on the blackboard and teach it in high and low voice
    T Green green green I see green Follow me please
    Ss Green green green I see green
    (3) Teach the word yellow
    Let one student hold up the magic stick and say Three two one
    T A red dog
    S1 No
    T A green dog
    S1 No
    T Oh this is a yellow dog Read after me please Yellow jeləʊ ’jeləʊ yellow
    Write down the word yellow on the blackboard and lead students to read it several times
    T Yellow yellow yellow I see yellow
    Ss Yellow yellow yellow I see yellow
    (4) Teach the word blue
    T There is another dog What colour is it Can you guess
    S1 Red
    S2 Green
    S3 Yellow

    T Let’s see Say Three two one together
    Ss Three two one
    T What colour
    Ss …
    T Blue This is a blue dog Read after me Blue blu blu blue
    Write down the word blue on the blackboard and lead students to read it several times
    T What colour do you see now
    Teaching purpose
    通学生快速英语表达颜色巩固四关颜色单词学会句型I see…
    Ss I see blue
    2 Look and say
    Let students look at the picture and say the colours of the rainbow by using the sentence structure I see…quickly (课件出示:教材P15 Let’s learn板块图片)
    Write down the sentence structure I see… on the blackboard and let students practice it
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词句子组中进行角色扮演
    3 Read and act
    (1)Play the recording of Let’s learn (课件出示:教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频) Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2)Let students read the words and the sentences by themselves
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏TPR活动激发学生学兴趣操练巩固核心词汇常表达面拓展活动做铺垫
    (3)Let students practice in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out in class
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Play a bomb game
    Ask one student to come to the front of the classroom Let the student choose cards about colours and hold them up one by one
    The game includes four rounds Set one colour as the bomb of each round Students say the colours according to the cards When they see the bomb cards they should say bomb
    2 Sharp eyes
    (课件出示:次闪现支红色蜡笔支蓝色蜡笔支绿色蜡笔支黄色蜡笔)
    Ask students to look carefully and say quickly with the sentence structure I see a…crayon
    3 Let’s do
    (1)Show the picture of Let’s do on the PPT (课件出示:教材P15 Let’s do板块图片) Let students listen and guess the meaning
    (2)Listen and do
    T Take out your crayons Now please listen and do (Demonstrate for students first) Show me green
    Students show the green crayons
    T Show me red
    Students show the red crayons
    T Show me yellow
    Students show the yellow crayons
    T Show me blue
    Students show the blue crayons
    T Now who can be a little teacher Please give the instruction Show me… (Let the other students do as the little teacher says)
    Write down the sentence structure Show me… on the blackboard and let students practice it…
    4 Let’s chant
    Beat time and let students chant together (出示课件)
    Teaching purpose
    巩固拓展学生颜色单词学提升学生综合语言运力

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Find out the four colours in the classroom
    T There are different colours in our classroom Look at the blackboard the desks the chairs the pictures the doors and the windows Observe the objects carefully in the classroom and find out the four colours red yellow green blue
    2 Show some world famous paintings
    T In this period we have learned the four colours There are other colours in our daily life Colours can make our life more beautiful What colour do you see Let’s enjoy the colourful paintings together
    (课件出示:色彩搭配典世界名画)
    Expand more words about colours to students such as pink grey purple orange…
    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Make a new chant about the colours
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 结合三年级学生年龄特点设置丰富彩趣味活动极吸引学生注意力提升学兴趣
    2 寓教学活动游戏培养学生动口动手力学生说做听读玩中体会英语学乐趣
    3 注重语言交际力培养学生课堂中真正运英语现实生活中
    4 活动设置层次分明梯度利提升学生思维力
    5 板书设计简洁明课堂教学提供辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words about colours red yellow green blue
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand the instructions and do the actions according to the instructions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words about colours red yellow green blue
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to understand the instructions of Let’s do and do the corresponding actions according to
    the instructions
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen and do
    3 Play a song and explain the word rainbow
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen to the instructions and do the actions
    3 Enjoy the song
    3 Enjoy the song Create a pleasant learning atmosphere and review the sentence structures of greeting Let students
    perceive the sentence
    structure Show me your…
    through the
    demonstration and
    master it through the
    TPR activity Use the
    song to enliven the
    atmosphere of the
    class and prepare for the following study
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words about
    colours red green yellow blue
    Learn the new words about colours
    Create an interesting situation Let students understand and learn the new words with the pictures Lead students to preliminarily perceive the new sentence structure
    2 Look and say
    Let students look at the picture and say the colours of the rainbow by using the sentence structure I see… quickly
    Look at the picture and say the colours of the rainbow by using the sentence structure I see… quickly
    Enhance students’ learning of the new words and the sentence structure I see… by saying the colours of the rainbow quickly

    3 Read and act
    Play the recording of Let’s learn

    Read after the recording Read by themselves Practice in groups and act out

    Make sure that students can read the words and the sentences correctly and fluently




    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Play a bomb game
    Set one colour as the bomb of each round
    Say the colours according to the cards Say bomb when the bomb cards appear
    Use the games and the TPR activity to arouse students’ interest in learning Practice and consolidate the key words and sentences Get ready for the next step
    2 Sharp eyes
    Ask students to look carefully and say quickly with the sentence structure I see a… crayon
    Look carefully and say quickly with the sentence structure I see a…crayon
    3 Let’s do
    (1)Show the picture of
    Let’s do on the PPT
    Let students listen and guess the meaning
    (2)Listen and do
    Take out the crayons and do the actions according to the instructions
    4 Let’s chant
    Beat time and let students chant together
    Chant about the colours
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Lead students to find out
    the four colours red
    yellow green blue in the classroom
    Observe the objects in the classroom Then find out the four colours
    Consolidate and expand students’ knowledge about colours Develop students’ comprehensive ability of using language
    2 Show some world famous paintings
    Expand some new words about colours
    Enjoy the paintings and learn some new words about colours
    Homework
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Make a new chant about the colours
    3 Do the exercises

    The third period(第三课时)
    Part A Letters and sounds

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Letters and sound
    ·够听说读写字母Aa Bb Cc Dd
    ·够学字母音形基础初步掌握3辅音字母作单词首字母时发音
    ▶教学重点
    够听说读写字母Aa Bb Cc Dd初步掌握3辅音字母作单词首字母时发音▶教学难点
    够掌握四字母笔书写格式相关例词中发音
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    歌曲营造愉快学氛围时新课学做铺垫通展示字母卡片激发学生学兴趣进导入新课
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hi boys and girls
    Ss Hello MissMr…
    T Good morning
    Ss Good morning
    2 Enjoy a song—ABC song(课件出示:教材P6 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
    Sing the ABC song with students
    T It’s a happy song Do you like it
    Ss Yes
    T What’s the first letter of the letter song A B C or D
    (Use body language to explain the first letter)
    Ss A
    T You are so great
    3 Leadin
    Show some letter cards to students
    T Look Here are some letter cards Try your best to get the cards
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    字母教学单词教学相结合融入语音知识引导学生探究字母单词中发音规通学生寻找生活中字母形状相物品加强学趣味性强化学生字母知识记忆
    1 Teach the new letters
    (1) Learn the letter Aa
    Show the letter card A
    T Look at the card I see A Follow me please A A A
    Let students follow the teacher
    Ask students to find out Ashaped things in their daily life
    T Can you say something that looks like A
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    S1 宝塔
    S2 金字塔

    T You are so clever Now look at the pictures and the words Try to find the letter Aa

    T A A A A is for apple A A A A is for ant Can you find the similarity of the two words
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    Ss …
    T Yes The pronunciation of the letter a in the two words is the same It pronounces æ æ æ æ apple æ æ æ ant
    Let students read after the teacher and practice several times
    (2) Learn the letter Bb
    Show the letter card B
    T Look This is the letter B B B B
    Let students follow the teacher
    Ask students to find out Bshaped things in their daily life
    T Can you say something that looks like B
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    S1 眼镜
    S2 葫芦

    T Well done Look at the pictures and the words Point to the letter Bb

    T B B B B is for book B B B B is for bag Can you find the similarity of the two words
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    Ss …
    T Yes The pronunciation of the letter b in the two words is the same It pronounces b b b b bag b b b book
    Let students read after the teacher and practice several times
    (3) Learn the letter Cc
    Show the letter card C
    T Look This is the letter C C C C
    Let students follow the teacher
    Ask students to draw Cshaped things they are familiar with
    T Can you draw something that looks like C (Give an example to students first such as drawing a moon)
    Let students draw some other things that look like C
    T Now Look at the pictures and the words Find out the letter Cc please

    T C C C C is for cat C C C C is for crayon Can you find the similarity of the two words
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    Ss …
    T Yes The pronunciation of the letter c in the two words is the same It pronounces k k k k cat k k k crayon
    Let students read after the teacher and practice several times
    (4) Learn the letter Dd
    Show the letter card D
    T Look This is the letter D D D D
    Let students follow the teacher
    Ask students to draw Dshaped things they are familiar with
    T Can you draw something that looks like D (Give an example to students first such as drawing an open mouth)
    Let students draw some other things that look like D

    T Nice job Look at the pictures and the words Find out the letter Dd please



    T D D D D is for dog D D D D is for duck Can you find the similarity of the two words
    (Students can answer in Chinese)
    Ss …
    T Yes The pronunciation of the letter d in the two words is the same It pronounces d d d d duck d d d dog
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读字母chant
    Let students read after the teacher and practice several times
    2 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the recording (课件出示:教材P16 Listen repeat and chant音频)
    Let students listen to the recording carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    Show the chant of Listen repeat and chant on the PPT Play the recording again(出示课件)
    T Turn to page 16 Let’s listen and chant together

    Teaching purpose
    引导学生观察图片进行听前预测降低听力务难度通听音圈出听单词首字母巩固新知补充单词首字母形式学生进步单词中感知新学字母

    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    (1)Show the pictures of Listen and circle (课件出示:教材P16 Listen and circle图片)
    Let students observe the pictures and try to predict the key words
    (2) Play the recording (课件出示:教材P16 Listen and circle音频)
    Let students listen and circle the letters
    (3)Check the answers with students
    (Answers d c b c d)
    2 What’s missing
    (1) Let students find out the missing letter in each word according to the pictures

    (2) Let students read aloud the complete words
    Teaching purpose
    通认真观察四线三格中字母笔正确书写格式培养学生规范英文书写惯字母操增强字母知识学趣味性
    (apple book ant cat dog)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Write and say
    (1) Write down the letters Aa Bb Cc Dd on the blackboard step by step Ask students to write them down in their exercise books Choose some students to write on the blackboard Let students pay attention to the correct stroke order and writing form of the letters
    (2) Prepare the cards of the four letters Choose one student to come to the podium Let the student hold up the cards one by one and the other students read the corresponding letters quickly
    2 Do the alphabet exercises
    Play a video about the alphabet (A B C D) exercises(课件出示:字母操视频A~D片段) Ask students to sing and do the actions after the video

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the chant of this period
    2 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 活动设计丰富彩较激发学生学热情时效提升学生核心素养
    2 教学活动学生体培养学生探究力充分发挥学生学动性
    3 通寓教乐教育方式学生玩中学学中较完成教学目标
    4 TPR教学法应活跃课堂氛围建立良师生关系
    5 板书设计具规范性学生正确书写惯培养良基础

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Letters and sounds
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Aa Bb Cc Dd
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the three consonants as the first letter in words
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Aa Bb Cc Dd and master the pronunciation of the three consonants as the first letter in words
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the stroke order and the writing form of the four letters as well as the pronunciation of the four letters in related words
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy a song
    3 Leadin
    Show some letter cards to students
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the ABC song with the teacher
    3 Try to get the letter cards

    Use the song to create a pleasant learning environment and prepare for the study of the new lesson
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of this period by showing the letter cards
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new letters Aa Bb Cc Dd
    Show the letter cards
    Ask students to find out or draw things that look like the letters Teach the pronunciation of the letters in the related words
    Learn the new letters
    Find out or draw things that look like the letters
    Learn the pronunciation of the letters in the related words

    Combine the teaching of letters with the teaching of words Lead students to explore the pronunciation rules of the letters in different words independently
    Enhance the fun of learning and strengthen students’ memory of letter knowledge by asking students to look for the objects in the same shape as the four letters

    2 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the recording
    Show the chant

    Listen to the recording carefully Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Then listen and chant together

    Lead students to read the letters and the chant with correct pronunciation and intonation
    Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    (1) Show the pictures of
    Listen and circle
    (2) Play the recording
    (3) Check the answers with students
    (1) Observe the pictures and try to predict the key words
    (2) Listen and circle the letters
    (3) Check the answers
    Reduce the difficulty of completing the listening task by observing the pictures and predicting the key words
    Consolidate the new knowledge by circling the letters And let students further perceive the letters in words by finding out the missing letters
    2 What’s missing
    (1) Let students find out the missing letter in each word
    (2) Let students read aloud the complete words
    (1) Find out the missing letters
    (2) Read aloud the complete words
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Write and say
    (1) Write down the letters Aa Bb Cc Dd on the blackboard step by step
    (2) Prepare the cards of the four letters
    Write down the letters in their exercise books Pay attention to the correct stroke order and writing form of the letters
    Form the correct writing habit Use the alphabet exercises to make the alphabetic learning more interesting
    2 Do the alphabet exercises
    Sing and do the actions after the video
    Homework
    1 Practice the chant of this period
    2 Do the exercises

    The fourth period(第四课时)
    Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够情景中运句型Good afternoon问候回应问候
    ·够情景中运句型Nice to meet you表达初次相识介绍相识时相互间
    问候
    Let’s play
    ·够语境中正确运Good afternoonNice to meet you问候
    ▶教学重点
    够语境中正确运句型Good afternoonNice to meet you 求语音准确语调然
    ▶教学难点
    够读准单词afternoon发音
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰ZoomZip手偶等
    Teaching purpose
    创编歌曲活跃课堂气氛时复重点句型Good morningThis is…接新课学做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Good morning boys and girls
    Ss Good morning Miss Mr…
    2 Sing a song—Good morning
    Play the song with the melody of Happy New Year (课件出示歌曲Happy New Year旋律) Let students follow the teacher to sing
    Teaching purpose
    卡通物呈现够迅速吸引学生注意力强烈刺激学生表达欲句型 This is… 进行巩固练

    T Follow me please
    3 Free talk
    Show some pictures of the cartoon characters on the PPT (课件出示:卡通物图片)
    Let students introduce the cartoon characters with the sentence structure This is… freely
    Teaching purpose
    通视频学生更加直观理解afternoon意思运Good afternoon问候通创设情境引导学生轻松学准确运Nice to meet youNice to meet you too
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the new sentences
    (1) Review and learn
    ① Review the sentence Good morning(课件出示:关 morning视频)
    T Look It’s morning now How do you greet others in the morning
    Ss Good morning
    T Well done
    ②Teach the sentenceGood afternoon(课件出示:关 afternoon视频)
    T Is it morning now
    Ss No
    T It’s afternoon now

    Teach students the pronunciation and the meaning of the word afternoon Let students follow the teacher and practice it several times
    T How do you greet others in the afternoon Who can have a try

    T Good afternoon
    Write down the sentence Good afternoon on the blackboard Let students follow the teacher and practice it with their partners
    (2) Create a situation to teach the sentence Nice to meet you
    Show a picture of Mike (课件出示 Mike图片)
    T This is our new friend Mike It’s the first time we meet How do you greet him Think it over
    S1 Hello Mike
    S2 Hi Mike
    S3 Good morningafternoon Mike

    T When we meet someone for the first time we can also say Nice to meet you
    Teach students the pronunciation and the meaning of Nice to meet you Then tell students how to use Nice to meet you too
    Teaching purpose
    带着问题观视频学生目听录音提取文关键信息通听音排序方式帮助学生更深入理解文话进掌握学语言

    Write down the sentences Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too on the blackboard Let students practice the two sentences
    2 Listen watch and do
    (1) Show the picture ofLet’s talkon the PPT(课件出示:教材P17 Let’s talk板块图片)Introduce the background of the picture Lead students to observe the picture and predict the main idea of the dialogue
    (2) Watch and answer
    ①Play the video of Let’s talk (课件出示:教材P17 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students underline the key sentences about the questions in their books

    ②Answer the questions
    T How does Mike introduce Wu Yifan
    Ss Hi Mum This is Wu Yifan
    T How does Mike’s mum greet Wu Yifan
    Ss Good afternoon Wu Yifan
    T How does Wu Yifan greet Mike’s mum
    Ss Good afternoon Nice to meet you
    T How does Mike’s mum answer Wu Yifan
    Ss Nice to meet you too
    (3) Number the sentences
    Play the recording ofLet’s talk(课件出示:教材P17 Let’s talk音频)
    Let students listen to the dialogue and number the sentences

    Check the answers together
    (Answers 3 4 2 1)
    3 Read and act
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演


    (1) Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the dialogue in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out the dialogue in class
    Teaching purpose
    通手偶活动学生创编话分角色表演激发学生学兴趣巩固核心句型通歌曲操练核心句型面拓展活动做准备
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s play
    (1) Make a new dialogue
    Show the hand puppets of Zoom and Zip Let students imitate the dialogue of Let’s play and make their own dialogues
    For example
    S1 Good afternoon S2 This is Zoom
    S2 Hello Zoom This is Zip Nice to meet you
    S1 Nice to meet you too
    (2) Ask students to show their dialogues on the podium
    2 Let’s sing
    Play a song with the melody of Happy birthday Let students learn to sing (课件出示:歌曲Happy Birthday旋律)

    Teaching purpose
    问候卡通物方式巩固节课问候语学生学会真实情境中运节课学句型
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Meet new friends
    Show some pictures of the cartoon characters (课件出示:卡通物图片)
    Say the sentences Good afternoon everyone Nice to meet you like Mickey Mouse Lead students to answer with the sentences Good afternoon Mickey Mouse Nice to meet you too Use different cartoon characters to greet students

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    4 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    5 Make a new dialogue
    6 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 活动设计丰富易操作符合三年级学生年龄特点认知水效提升学生核心素养
    2 卡通物加入激发学生奇心求知欲课堂教学更高效
    3 游戏极提高学生学兴趣学生真正体会英语学乐趣
    4 创设情境逐步呈现新知学生实际情景中感知学新知
    5 板书设计目然重点突出课堂教学提供辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to use Good afternoon to greet others and respond to greetings in situations
    ·Be able to use Nice to meet you to greet someone we first meet in situations
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to greet others with Good afternoon Nice to meet you correctly in context
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to use the sentences Good afternoon Nice to meet you correctly in context with correct
    pronunciation and intonation
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to pronounce the word afternoon accurately
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song—Good morning
    3 Free talk
    Show some pictures of the
    cartoon characters on the PPT
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song with the teacher
    3 Introduce the cartoon characters with the sentence structure This is… freely
    Create a song to enliven the class atmosphere and review the sentence structures Good morningThis is… Prepare for the following study
    Presentation
    1 Learn the new sentences
    (1) Play a video about morning to review Good morning and play a video about afternoon to teach Good afternoon
    (2) Create a situation to teach Nice to meet you
    (1) Watch the videos
    Review Good morning and learn Good afternoon Then practice with partners
    (2) Learn Nice to meet you Then practice the sentences Nice to meet you and Nice to meet you too
    Let students understand the meaning of afternoon more directly and learn how to use the sentence Good afternoon to greet others by comparing the two videos Create a situation to lead students to learn and use the sentences Nice to meet you and Nice to meet you too

    2 Listen watch and do
    (1) Show the picture of Let’s talk on the PPT Introduce the background of the picture Lead students to observe the picture
    (2) Play the video Let students answer the questions
    (3) Play the recording Let students number the sentences
    (1) Observe the picture and predict the main idea of the dialogue
    (2) Watch the video and answer the questions
    (3) Listen and number the sentences
    By watching the video with questions and listening to the recording to number the sentences help students understand the text more deeply and master the new knowledge
    3 Read and act
    Read after the recording Read the dialogue by themselves Practice the dialogue in groups and act it out
    Lead students to read the dialogue correctly and fluently then act out the dialogue in groups
    Practice
    1 Let’s play
    (1) Show the hand puppets of Zoom and Zip Let students imitate the dialogue and make their own dialogues
    (2) Ask students to show their dialogues
    Make their own dialogues and show on the podium

    Stimulate students’ interest in learning and consolidate the key sentence structures through making their own dialogues
    Use the song to practice the key sentence structures and prepare for the following study

    2 Let’s sing
    Play a song with the melody of Happy birthday
    Learn to sing the song
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Meet new friends
    Show some pictures of the cartoon characters
    Use the sentences Good afternoon Nice to meet you to greet different cartoon characters
    Consolidate the sentence structures through greeting the cartoon characters Let students learn to use the sentence structures in real situations
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a new dialogue
    3 Do the exercises

    The fifth period(第五课时)
    Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读颜色单词black white orange brown
    Let’s do
    ·够听懂该板块指令够指令做出相应动作
    ▶教学重点
    够听说认读表示颜色单词black white orange brown
    ▶教学难点
    够读准单词brown white发音
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰教学实物等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离时复节课Let's talk核心句型歌曲营造愉快学氛围复学颜色单词时然导入新课
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Good morning afternoon boys and girls
    Ss Good morning afternoon Miss Mr…
    T Nice to meet you S1
    S1 Nice to meet you too
    T Nice to meet you S2
    S2 Nice to meet you too

    2 Enjoy a song—What colour is it (出示课件)
    Play the song and ask students to sing along with it
    T What colours can you hear in this song
    S1 Red
    S2 Yellow
    S3 Green
    S4 Blue
    T Great Today we are going to learn more words about colours
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the new words about colours
    Show a magic box with some toys and an orange in it
    (1) Learn the word white
    Teaching purpose
    利魔术盒里物品颜色教授新单词增强学趣味性时加深学生颜色单词记忆
    Take out a white toy rabbit from the box
    T This is a magic box We can find different colours in it Look What’s this
    Ss 兔子
    T What colour is it Do you know Is it red
    Ss No
    T It’s white
    Write down the word white on the blackboard Teach the pronunciation and the meaning of it Ask students to pay attention to the pronunciation of the letter i which pronounces aɪ Let students practice it row by row
    T White white white Can you point to the white things in our classroom
    Students point to the wall the paper…
    (2) Learn the word black
    Take out a black toy car from the magic box
    T What’s this
    Ss 汽车
    T What colour is it

    Write down the word black on the blackboard Teach the pronunciation and the meaning of it Let students pay attention to the pronunciation of the letter a
    T blæk Read after me Black black black

    T Do you like black Can you point to the black things in our classroom
    Students point to the blackboard the clothes the schoolbag…
    (3) Learn the word brown
    Take out a brown teddy bear from the magic box
    T Look at the bear Is it black
    Ss No
    T Is it white
    Ss No
    T It’s brown br aʊ braʊn
    Write down the word brown on the blackboard Lead students to read and practice it in high and low voice
    (4) Learn the word orange
    Let students touch the fruit in the magic box
    T Touch the fruit What is it
    S1 梨子
    S2 苹果

    T It’s an orange What colour is it
    …Write down the word orange on the blackboard Lead students to read it several times
    T The orange is orange Orange orange orange
    Teaching purpose
    学生通动手体会句型Colour it…意思实现做中学学中做目
    Students practice it line by line
    2 Draw and colour
    Ask students to draw some simple pictures with a pencil on the paper including a bear a cat a squirrel and a pig
    T Show me the bear
    Students show the picture of the bear
    T Colour it brown
    Write down the sentence structure Colour it… on the blackboard
    Ask students to colour the picture of the bear with the brown crayon
    T Show me the cat Colour it white
    Let students read the sentence Colour it white and use the crayon to colour the cat white
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    Lead two students to say the sentences Colour it orange and Colour it black Then let students follow the instructions to colour the pig black and the squirrel orange
    3 Read and act
    Play the recording of Let’s learn (课件出示:教材P18 Let’s learn板块音频)
    (1) Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the words and the sentences by themselves
    (3) Let students practice in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out in class
    Teaching purpose
    通学生观察图片说出颜色快速反应游戏学生操练单元学颜色单词
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Look and say
    Show some pictures in different colours (课件出示:橙色树叶黑色狗棕色帽子白色裙子黑色包棕色袜子白色手绢橙色衬衣)
    Let students say the colours according to the pictures
    T Here are some pictures You can see different colours in them Let’s have a look
    T What colour can you see
    S1 I can see…
    S2 I can see…
    S3 I can see…

    2 Quick response
    Show the words black white orange brown red green yellow blueon the PPT randomly and quickly (出示课件)
    Let students say the words loudly and quickly
    T Look at the PPT Please say the words you see loudly and quickly
    Teaching purpose
    TPR教学法极提升学生学热情真正学生 做中玩玩中学时巩固节课学新单词指令语
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s do
    (1)Show the pictures of Let’s do (课件出示:教材P18 Let’s do板块图片)
    Let students watch and guess the meanings of the sentences
    (2)Listen and do
    Write down the phrases stand up sit down touch the ground turn around on the blackboard Explain the meanings of the phrases with body language Do the actions and say the instructions Let students do and say after the teacher
    T Black black Stand up
    Students stand up and repeat
    T Orange orange Sit down
    Students sit down and repeat
    T White white Touch the ground
    Students touch the ground and repeat
    T Brown brown Turn around
    Students turn around and repeat
    (3) Divide the whole class into four groups Say the instructions faster and faster Let the four groups compete to do the actions The best group will get the prize
    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Make some word cards about colours
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1注重教学活动样性趣味性新颖性竞争性真正实现 快乐学 法
    2 TPR教学法学生动起鼓励学生积极融入教学实践活动中极提高课堂教学效率
    3注重语言交际力培养学生课堂中学会运英语进行交流
    4板书设计条理清晰目然重点突出


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the four new words about colours black white orange brown
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand the instructions and do the corresponding actions according to the instructions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words about colours black white orange brown
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to pronounce the words brown white accurately
    ▶Teaching Procedures

    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy a song—What colour is
    it
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing along with the
    song
    Help students review the key sentences of last lesson and the words about colours they have already learned Then lead in the topic of this period
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words about colours
    (1) Take out a white toy rabbit
    from the magic box and
    teach the word white
    (2) Take out a black toy car from
    the magic box and teach the
    word black
    (3) Take out a brown teddy bear
    from the magic box and
    teach the word brown
    (4) Let students touch the orange
    in the magic box and teach
    the word orange
    Learn the new words about colours with different objects
    Pay attention to the pronunciation and the meanings of the new words
    Practice the words after the teacher
    Use a magic box to show some objects in different colours Lead students to learn the new words about colours in an interesting way
    2 Draw and colour
    Ask students to draw some simple pictures with the pencil and teach the sentence structure Colour it…
    Listen to the instructions and colour the pictures
    Lead students to learn while doing and do while learning
    3 Read and act
    Read after the recording Read the words and the sentences by themselves
    Practice in groups and act out
    Make sure that students can read the words and the sentences correctly and fluently








    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Look and say
    Say the colours according to the pictures
    Use different activities to practice the key words of this unit
    2 Quick response
    Say the words loudly and quickly
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s do
    (1) Show the pictures of
    Let’s do
    (2) Do the actions and say
    the instructions
    (3) Say the instructions
    faster and faster
    (1) Watch and guess the
    meanings of the sentences
    (2) Do and say after the
    teacher
    (3) Compete in groups
    Use TPR teaching method to enhance students’ enthusiasm for learning and consolidate the new words and sentences
    Homework
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Make some word cards about colours
    3 Do the exercises The sixth period
    The sixth period (第六课时)
    Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Start to read
    ·够找出听说读写图片中字母
    ·够听说认读表示颜色单词red green yellow blue black white orange brown
    Let’s check
    ·够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    Let’s sing
    ·够听懂唱歌曲创编新歌曲
    ▶教学重点
    够掌握单元学字母表示颜色单词
    ▶教学难点
    够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片颜色卡片蜡笔等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间相互问候拉师生距离通歌曲TPR活动营造愉快活跃学氛围时已学字母颜色单词进行复巩固
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hi boys and girls
    Ss Hello MissMr…
    T Good afternoonmorning S1
    S1 Good afternoonmorning MissMr…

    2 Enjoy a song—ABC song (课件出示:教材P6 Let’s sing板
    块歌曲)
    T Let’s sing the song together Clap your hands please
    3 Listen and do
    Say the instructions and let students do the actions
    T Orange orange Sit down
    Black black Stand up
    White white Touch the ground
    Brown brown Turn around
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    利观察找找说说方式复认读识学字母
    1 Find and say
    (1) Sharp eyes

    T Boys and girls There are many stars on the PPT Read the letters on the stars immediately when they appear Let’s look and read them quickly
    (2) Find and say
    Let students look at the picture and find out the letters in it (课件出示:教材P19 Find and say图片) Try to find out the most letters
    T Here is a beautiful picture We can see many beautiful things Wow Look I see a big letter C (Point to the big letter C) What letters do you see
    S1 I see…
    S2 I see…
    S3 I see…
    S4 I see C a D…

    Ask students to count the letters
    T How many big letters ABCD do you see
    Ss I see… ABCD
    T How many small letters abcd do you see
    Teaching purpose
    先通学生说出喜欢颜色复学颜色单词接着通找朋友游戏提升英语学趣味性进步巩固颜色单词记忆
    Ss I see… abcd
    2 Review the words about colours
    (1) Ask students a question What colour do you like Lead students to answer with the words about colours Give the relevant colour cards they like to students
    T What colour do you like
    S1 Red
    S2 Blue
    S3 Yellow

    (2) Find friends
    Ask students to try to remember their classmates’ favourite colours Students who can remember their favourite colours mutually will be friends
    Teaching purpose
    通读勾方式检测巩固学生颜色单词掌握
    3 Read and tick
    Show the picture of Read and tick on the PPT (课件出示:教材P19 Read and tick图片) Explain the rule of the task and make a demonstration first Then let students read and tick by themselves
    T(Point to the red barrel) Look What colour is it
    Ss It’s red
    T Great It’s a red barrel Can you see the word red
    Ss Yes
    T So we should tick on the square frame of the red barrel Please finish the rest
    Check the answers together
    (Answers √blue √black √brown √green √yellow √red)
    Teaching purpose
    请学生先观察图片听录音学生进行效听力技巧指导时强调听音重点帮助学生完成听力务
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and tick or cross
    (1)Show the pictures ofListen and tick or crosson the PPT (出示课件)
    Let students look at the four pictures Ask some questions to help them predict the meaning of the pictures
    T What can you see in the pictures
    S1 I can see…
    S2 I can see…

    T Who can you see in Picture 2 and Picture 3
    S1 I can see Miss white and Mr Jones
    S2 I can see Wu Yifan Mike and…
    T Good The man in Picture 3 is Mike’s Dad They are our friends What are they talking about Now let’s listen and tick or cross
    (2) Play the recording and let students finish the task (课件出示:教材P20 Listen and tick or cross音频) Ask students to pay attention to the key words
    (3) Check the answers with students
    Teaching purpose
    通单词应颜色图片连线涂色活动进步操练巩固颜色单词
    (Answers 1√ 2× 3× 4×)
    2 Match and colour
    Show the pictures of Match and colour on the PPT (出示课件)
    Let students say the colours they have learned one by one Then ask them to finish the task by themselves
    T Can you say the colours in English quickly
    S1 Blue
    S2 Red
    S3 Black

    T Well done Now please match the words to the pictures
    Then colour the pictures with your crayonsTeaching purpose
    学生歌曲拍子营造活跃学氛围接着学生创编新歌画出心目中样彩虹培养学生发散性思维增强创造力审美力

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Story time
    1 Let’s sing
    (1) Play the video of the song for the first time (课件出示:教材P20 Let’s sing板块视频) Let students listen to it carefully
    T How many colours can you hear What are they
    Ss …
    (2)Play the song again (出示课件) Lead students to clap their hands and sing with the video Let them practice in groups Invite some students to sing on the podium and the others sing and clap hands for them
    (3)Make a new song and draw a different rainbow
    Let students try to make a new song For example

    Let students draw a different rainbow by themselves

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing the song to your family members
    2 Read the story of Story time
    3 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 注重新旧知识串联做旧带新新温旧
    2 设置教学活动简单易行效激发学生学兴趣
    3 旧带新降低学生学难度学生轻松学氛围中巩固旧知学新知
    4 板书设计条理清晰目然突出重点


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Start to read
    ·Be able to find as well as listen speak read and write the letters in the picture
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words about colours red green yellow blue black white orange brown
    Let’s check
    ·Be able to finish the task independently
    Let’s sing
    ·Be able to understand and sing the song and make a new song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to master the letters and the words about colours of this unit
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to finish the task of Let’s check independently
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy a song
    3 Listen and do
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song with the teacher
    3 Do the actions according to the instructions
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning and review the knowledge they have learned through the song and the TPR activity
    Presentation
    1 Find and say
    (1) Sharp eyes
    Show some stars with letters on the PPT
    (2) Find and say
    Show the picture of Find and say

    (1) Look and read the
    letters quickly
    (2) Try to find out the most letters
    Lead students to review the letters they have learned by observing finding and saying
    2 Review the words about colours
    (1) Ask students a question and give the relevant colour cards they like to students
    (2) Lead students to find out their friends

    (1) Answer the question
    (2) Try to remember their
    classmates’ favourite
    colours
    Create an interesting learning environment and consolidate the memory of the words about colours

    3 Read and tick Show the picture of Read and tick
    Explain the rule of the task and make a demonstration first

    Read and tick independently


    Make sure that students can finish the task correctly and independently Check students’ mastery of the words about colours

    Practice
    1 Listen and tick or cross
    (1) Show the pictures and talk about them
    (2) Play the recording Ask students to pay attention to the key words
    (3) Check the answers with students
    Listen to the recording and finish the task
    Use different activities to train students’ ability of listening and speaking
    Practice and consolidate the words about colours by matching and colouring
    2 Match and colour
    Review the words about colours and let students match and colour
    Match the words to the pictures first Then colour the pictures with the crayons
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Lead students to learn the song and sing with the video Let students make a new song and draw a different rainbow6 Let’s practice and act out
    Listen to the song
    Clap hands and sing with the video Practice in groups Share it with the class
    Try to make a new song and draw a different rainbow
    Create an active learning environment
    Cultivate students’ divergent thinking Enhance students’ creativity and aesthetic ability
    Homework
    1 Sing the song to your family members
    2 Read the story of Story time
    3 Do the exercises
    Unit 3 Look at me

    教材分析
    单元学题五官身体部位教学容围绕孩子学路Mike家发生事展开教学重点够听懂会说核心句型Look at me This is mytheaan…—How are you —I’m fine thank youVery well thanks Let’s…够听说认读单词ear eye nose mouth face head hand arm body leg foot
    教学目标
    知识力目标
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型Look at me This is mytheaan…—How are you —I’m fine thank you
    Very well thanksLet’s…
    词汇
    ·听说认读单词ear eye nose mouth face head hand arm body leg foot
    字母语音
    ·正确听说读写字母Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii知道单词中发音

    力目标
    ·够图片实物情境帮助运句型Look at me This is mytheaan…介绍五官身体部位
    ·够情境中运句型—How are you —I’m fine thank youVery well thanks礼貌询问况进行回答
    ·够情境中运句型Let’s…提议起做某事进行回答
    ·听字母说出应发音

    情感态度、文化意识、学策略目标
    ·培养保护眼睛牙齿意识
    ·够建立单词音义形间联系整体学单词
    课时安排
    第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第三课时 Part A Letters and sounds
    第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第六课时 Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    The first period(第课时)
    Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够通听录音正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够语境中运—How are you—I’m fine thank you询问况回答
    ·够运句型Let’s…提议起做某事
    Let’s play
    ·够学唱歌曲通歌曲游戏巩固重点句型
    ▶教学重点
    1够语境中运—How are you —I’m fine thank you询问况回答
    2够运句型Let’s…提议起做某事
    ▶教学难点
    够真实语境中运课时学重点句型然流利进行话
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频课插图物头饰等
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    Teaching purpose
    熟悉活动进行热身利激发学生学兴趣营造良英语学氛围时通话帮助学生复招呼语新知学奠定基础
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s do
    Play the video of Let’s do on page 18 (课件出示:教材P18 Let’s do板块视频) Ask students to sing and do the actions after it
    3 Free talk
    T HelloGood morningGood afternoon …
    Ss Hello …
    T Nice to meet you
    Ss Nice to meet you too

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the sentences —How are you — I’m fine thank you
    Teaching purpose
    谈话中然引入新句子学生易理解掌握
    T Boys and girls look out of the window please It’s sunny today I’m very happy Look at me I’m fine
    Help students get the meaning of I’m fine with body language and facial expressions
    T What about you How are you
    Lead students to answer with the sentence I’m fine thank you
    Write down —How are you —I’m fine thank you on the blackboard and let students read several times
    T How are you
    Teaching purpose
    通肢体语言学生初步感知理解句型Let’s…含义例句贴学生生活实际便学生较快较掌握新知接学做铺垫
    Ss I’m fine thank you
    2 Teach the sentence structure Let’s… and the word school
    T You see it’s really a nice day Let’s play basketball after school OK?
    Ss OK
    T Let’s play footballfly a kiteride a bikeplay chessrow a boat…
    Help students understand the sentence structure Let’s… with body language Point to the watch and take the schoolbag
    T Oh It’s time for class Let’s go to school
    Ss OK
    Write down —Let’s go to school —OK on the blackboard and teach the word school
    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测图片容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
    3 Look and say
    Show the two pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示 教材P24 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to help them predict the main idea of the dialogue
    The questions are like these
    ž Who is the girl What does the girl say to the bird
    ž Who is the boy Where are they What are they doing
    T Look at the pictures What can you see in Picture 1 What can you see in Picture 2 Now answer my questions
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演补全句子形式进行文构帮助学生梳理重点知识加强重点句型记忆
    Ss …
    4 Read and act
    (1) Play the cartoon for the first time (课件出示:教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频) Ask students to read after the recording Let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Play the cartoon again Let students practice the dialogue in groups and fill in the blanks (课件出示:教材P24 Let’s talk板块填空题)
    (3) Let students wear the headdresses and roleplay then share it with the class
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Chain work
    Divide students into several groups Let students ask and answer in two chains
    Chain 1
    S1 How are you
    S2 I’m fine thank you How are you
    S3 I’m fine thank you How are you

    Teaching purpose
    学生分组竞赛中巩固操练句型培养合作竞争意识引导学生着节拍学唱歌曲通样化教学形式吸引学生注意力培养学生节奏感
    Chain 2
    S1 Let’s go to school S2
    S2 OK Let’s go to school S3
    S3 OK …

    The fastest group can get a prize
    2 Let’s play
    (1) Play the recording of Let’s play (课件出示:教材P24 Let’s play板块音频) Help students get the meaning of the song
    (2) Play the recording again Let students sing after the recording (课件出示:教材P24 Let’s play板块听力材料)
    (3) Lead students to practice the song in groups clap hands and sing together then show it to the class Let students go around the classroom sing the song and give their classmates a highfive
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生真实语境中创编话培养学生综合语言运力通找朋友游戏帮助学生真实语境中然运句型进达学致提升学生口语交际力目学生观歌曲视频轻松愉快氛围中结束节课学节课学奠定基础
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Make a dialogue
    Let students make their own dialogues in pairs according to the example

    2 Find friends
    T Boys and girls Let’s play a game When the music begins go around the classroom and talk to others with the sentence Let’s go to school If heshe answers OK you can be friends Find as more friends as you can When the music stops you should go back to your seat Now begin
    T How many friends do you have Who are they
    Give a present to the student who does the best performance
    3 Enjoy the song—Teddy Bear
    Play a video of the song(课件出示:歌曲Teddy Bear视频) Ask students to enjoy the song and try to sing after it


    ▶板书设计



    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Sing the song of Let’s play to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1助天气引入课两重点句型渡然充分利肢体语言面部表情学生初步感知新句型例句贴学生生活实际便学生理解掌握
    2学生观察图片助图片预测教学容注重学生观察力培养学方法指导
    3创设情境教学学生真实语境中然流利运课句型进行话培养学生综合语言运力
    4活动设计丰富具针性层次学生较训练
    5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to use —How are you—I’m fine thank you in context to ask and answer the
    question about the recent situations
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure Let’s… to advise others to do something together
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to sing the song and consolidate the key sentence structures through songs and games
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to use —How are you—I’m fine thank you in context to ask and answer the
    question about the recent situations
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure Let’s… to advise others to do something together
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to have a natural and fluent conversation with the key sentence structures of this lesson
    in real context
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s do
    Play the video of Let’s do on page 18
    3 Free talk
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and do the actions
    after the video
    3 Have a free talk with the teacher
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning and create a good English learning atmosphere Help students review the knowledge they have learnt And lay the foundation for the learning of new knowledge
    Presentation
    1 Help students get the meaning of I’m fine with body language and facial expressions Teach the sentences —How are you —I’m fine thank you
    Learn the sentences —How are you — I’m fine thank you
    Lead in the new sentences properly Make it easy for students to understand and master the key sentences
    2Teach the sentence
    structure Let’s… and the word school
    Learn the sentence structure Let’s… and the word school
    Use body language to help students preliminarily perceive the sentence structure Prepare for the next part
    3 Look and say
    Show the two pictures of Let’s talk Ask some questions to help students predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Look at the pictures
    carefully
    Think and talk about the
    questions to predict the
    main idea of the dialogue
    Lead students to observe and talk about the pictures with questions Cultivate students’ observation and logical reasoning ability Activate the existing knowledge by predicting the content of the pictures

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    4 Read and act
    Play the cartoon of Let’s talk Ask students to read after the recording
    (1) Watch the cartoon and
    read after the recording
    (2) Practice in groups and fill in the blanks
    (3) Roleplay and share it
    with the class
    Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently Help students sort out the key knowledge and strengthen their memory of the key sentence structures
    Practice
    1 Chain work
    Divide students into several groups Let students ask and answer in two chains
    Ask and answer in two chains
    Let students practice the key sentence structures in groups Cultivate students’ sense of cooperation and competition Lead students to sing the song in rhythm Attract students’ attention and cultivate their sense of rhythm
    2 Let’s play
    Play the recording of Let’s play Help students get the meaning of the song
    Listen to the song Sing
    after the recording
    Practice the song in groups
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Make a dialogue
    Make a dialogue in pairs according to the example
    Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Help students use the sentence structures skillfully in real context through the game

    2 Find friends
    Play the game and try to find
    as more friends as they can
    3 Enjoy the song—
    Teddy Bear
    Play a video of the song
    Enjoy the song and try to
    sing after the video
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue
    2 Talk about your schoolbag with your partner
    3 Do the exercises

    The second period(第二课时)
    Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读五官单词face ear eye nose mouth
    ·够通观察谈Let’s learn板块图片PPT教师帮助理解句子意思
    ·够通种活动运句型Look at me This is my…介绍五官
    Let’s do
    ·够图片动作音频帮助理解读歌谣
    ·够根指令做出相应动作根动作说出相应指令性语

    ▶教学重点
    1够听说认读学五官单词
    2够情景中运句型Look at me This is my…介绍五官
    ▶教学难点
    够听懂Let’s do板块指令性语够根指令做出相应动作
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片物头饰卡通手偶等
    Teaching purpose
    课前问候增强师生间情感互动歌曲热身活跃课堂气氛激发学生学新知欲帮助学生复旧知巩固学知识新课学奠定基础
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    Play the recording of Let’s play on page 24 (课件出示:教材P24 Let’s play板块音频) Ask students to sing after it
    3 Revision
    Let students review the dialogue of Let’s talk on page 24 through roleplay (课件出示:教材P24 Let’s talk板块话)
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    (1) Teach the word face
    Teaching purpose
    学生熟悉卡通物引入新知贴学生生活实际引导学生介绍五官卡通物配音达学致目编歌曲重点单词句型融入中学生熟悉旋律唱出加深学生单词句型理解记忆
    T Boys and girls I have lots of friends Do you want to know them
    Take out a hand puppet of Sun Wukong Point to the face of the hand puppet
    T Hello everyone I’m Sun Wukong Nice to meet you Look at me This is my face Face feɪs feɪs
    Teach the sentence Look at me by body language and teach the word face by pointing to different students’ faces
    Write down the sentences Look at me This is my face on the blackboard Let students introduce their faces with the sentences Look at me This is my face
    Lead students to sing the chant with the melody of Two tigers (课件出示:歌曲两老虎旋律)

    (2)Teach the word ear
    Take out a hand puppet of Bugs Bunny
    T Hello everyone I’m Bugs Bunny Nice to meet you Look at me This is my ear Ear ɪə(r)
    Use the word card to teach the word ear Ask students to read the word in different ways
    Write down the word ear on the blackboard Let students dub the hand puppet with the sentences Look at me This is my ear
    Replace the word face in the chant with ear Lead students to sing the chant

    (3) Teach the word eye
    Show a panda on the PPT (课件出示:熊猫图片) Dub the panda
    T:Hello I’m Panpan Nice to meet you Look at me This is my eye Eye aɪ
    Teach the word eye by the game Simon says
    (游戏说明:老师说Simon says Eye时候学生声朗读eye老师说Eye时候学生捂住嘴巴出声)
    Write down the word eye on the blackboard Let students introduce their eyes with the sentences Look at me This is my eye
    Replace the word face in the chant with eye Lead students to sing the chant (课件出示:eye关chant旋律)
    (4) Teach the word nose
    Show a picture of a cartoon character on the PPT (课件出示:卡通物图片) Dub the cartoon character
    T:Hi I’m Peppa Pig Nice to meet you Look at me This is my nose Nose nəʊz nəʊz
    Teach the word nose by the game Catch the finger
    (游戏说明:学生朗读单词时食指快速戳老师掌心老师捉挑战失败反算成功)
    Write down the word nose on the blackboard Let students dub the cartoon character with the sentences Look at me This is my nose
    Replace the word face in the chant with nose Lead students to sing the chant (课件出示:nose关chant旋律)
    (5) Teach the word mouth
    Show a picture of a hippo on the PPT (课件出示:河马图片) Dub the hippo
    T:Hi I’m a hippo Nice to meet you Look at me This is my mouth Mouth maʊθ maʊθ (Pay attention to the pronunciation of thθ)
    Teach the word mouth by the game High and low voice
    Write down the word mouth on the blackboard Let students dub the hippo with the sentences Look at me This is my mouth
    Replace the word face in the chant with mouth Lead students to sing the chant (课件出示:mouth关chant旋律)
    Teaching purpose
    学生听音单词标序读锻炼学生听说力学生戴头饰模拟介绍创设情境教学提高学生综合语言运力
    2 Read and act
    T I have another friend Who is he Is he Wu Yifan Oh no He is Zoom now
    Play the cartoon of Let’s learn (课件出示:教材P25 Let’s learn板块视频) Let students number the words first according to the recording
    Play the cartoon again and let students read after it Then let students wear the headdress of Zoom and make an introduction with the sentence structure Look at me This is my…
    Step 3 Practice
    Teaching purpose
    通设计火眼金睛游戏帮助学生操练单词时调动学生学积极性蒙眼画五官进行介绍培养学生动手动口力学致
    1 Sharp eyes
    Show the words face ear eye nose mouth and the pictures of them one by one on the PPT (课件出示:次出示五官单词图片)
    T Class please look at the pictures and the words carefully If you know one of them you can stand up and read it aloud Now begin
    2 I can draw
    Invite some students to the front Cover their eyes and let them draw pictures according to the teacher’s instructions Let them introduce their pictures with the sentence structure Look at me This is my…
    Teaching purpose
    通说做做说活动调动学生种感官参学激发学生学热情根图片提示补全句子设计强化学生单词句型记忆
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 I say you do
    Play the cartoon of Let’s do for the first time (课件出示:教材P25 Let’s do板块视频) Lead students to get the meanings of the sentences
    Play the cartoon again and lead students to do the actions after it Help students understand the meanings of the words close open touch with body language and some pictures (课件出示:close open touch相关图片)
    Ask students to do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions and practice in groups then show to the class
    S1 Close your eyes
    S2 (Do the action) …

    2 I do you say
    One student does the actions and the other students say the sentences Then let students fill in the blanks


    3 Enjoy the song—If you are happy and you know it
    Play the video of the song (出示课件) Ask students to sing after it


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Introduce your features with the key sentence structure to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1采说画说做做说等操练游戏调动学生种感官参积极参课堂活动
    2充分发挥媒体资源辅助教学优势选取孙悟空兔八哥猪佩奇等学生熟悉卡通物贴学生生活实际配实物音频视频等辅助教学课堂容丰富彩激发学生学兴趣
    3创设情境教学学生真实语境中然流利运课重点句型培养学生综合语言运力
    4板书设计精美重点突出起辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words face ear eye nose mouth
    ·Be able to understand the meanings of the sentences by observing and talking about the pictures
    and with the help of the PPT and the teacher
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure Look at me This is my… to introduce the features
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand and read the chant with the help of the pictures the actions and the recording
    ·Be able to do the corresponding actions according to the instructions or say the corresponding sentences according to the actions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words face ear eye nose mouth
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure Look at me This is my… to introduce the features
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to understand the instructions of Let’s do and do the corresponding actions according to the instructions
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    Play the recording of
    Let’s play on page 24
    3 Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    3 Review the dialogue of Let’s talk on page 24 through Roleplay
    Stimulate Students’ interest in learning Help students review the lesson they have learnt Prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    (1) Take out a hand puppet of Sun Wukong and dub it Teach the new sentences Look at me This is my face Teach the wordface
    (2) Take out a hand puppet of Bugs Bunny and dub it Teach the word ear by the word card
    (3) Show a panda on the PPT Teach the word eye by the game Simon says
    (4) Show a picture of a cartoon
    character and dub it Teach the word nose by the game Catch the finger
    (5) Show a picture of a hippo
    and dub it Teach the word mouth by the game High and low voice
    (1) Learn the sentences and the word Try to introduce their own faces Sing the chant
    (2)Learn the word ear by the word card Try to dub the puppet and sing the chant
    (3) Learn the word eye by the game Simon says Try to introduce their eyes and sing the chant
    (4) Learn the word nose by the game Catch the finger Try to dub the cartoon character and sing the chant
    (5) Learn the word mouth by
    the game High and low
    voice Try to dub the hippo and sing the chant
    Lead in the new lesson with the cartoon characters that students are familiar with then students can understand and master easily Help students practice and consolidate the words and the sentence structure through introducing and dubbing
    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    2 Read and act
    Play the cartoon of Let’s
    learn Let students number the words and read after the recording
    Watch the cartoon
    Number the words and
    read after the recording
    Wear the headdress of
    Zoom and make an
    introduction
    Let students number the words and read after the recording to train Students’ listening and speaking ability Create a situation to teach Improve Students’ comprehensive language using ability
    Practice
    1 Sharp eyes
    Show the words face ear eye nose mouth and the pictures of them one by one on the PPT
    Play the game Try to
    read aloud the words
    they know as fast as
    they can
    Stimulate students’ interest Consolidate the new vocabulary in this lesson through games
    2 I can draw
    Give instructions
    Cover the eyes and
    draw pictures according
    to the Teacher’s
    instructions then
    introduce the pictures
    Help students practice the words and the sentence structure through the activities Train Students’ practice and speaking ability
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 I say you do
    Play the cartoon of Let’s do Ask students to do the actions according to the instructions
    Do the actions
    according to the
    instructions
    Attract Students’ attention
    through various teaching forms Help students strengthen the memory of the words and the sentence structure
    2 I do you say
    Ask students to say the sentences according to the actions and fill in the blanks
    Say the sentences
    according to the
    actions Fill in the
    blanks
    3 Enjoy the song—If you are happy and you know it
    Play the video of the song
    Enjoy the song Sing
    after the video
    Homework
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Introduce your features with the key sentence structure to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The third period(第三课时)
    Part A Letters and sounds
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Letters and sounds
    ·够听说读写Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii五字母
    ·够学字母音形基础初步掌握两元音字母单词中发音三辅音字母作单词首字母时发音
    ▶教学重点
    1够听说读写字母Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii
    2够初步掌握两元音字母单词中发音三辅音字母作单词首字母时发音
    ▶教学难点
    够掌握学字母笔相关例词发音
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    通歌曲热身营造良英语语音教学氛围通吟诵两段韵律chant帮助学生复字母AD新授容做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy the song—ABC song
    Play the recording of the song (课件出示:教材P6 Let’s sing板块歌曲音频) Ask students to sing after it
    3 Revision
    Teaching purpose
    助课件通卡通动画形式呈现字母知识变生动趣引导学生联想生活中字母物品培养学生观察联想力提醒学生注意区分字母写注重学生学方法指导
    Students chant with the teacher and show the letter cards

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the letters Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii
    T We have so many letter friends like Aa Bb Cc Dd Today we’ll meet five new letter friends Who are they Let’s have a look
    Show the cartoon image of the letter Ee on the PPT (课件出示:字母Ee卡通形象录音)
    T Can you find something that looks like Ee in your daily life
    Ss: …
    Show some pictures that contain Ee (课件出示:包含字母Ee图片)
    Write down the letter Ee on the blackboard Let students show their fingers and write after the teacher Let them pay attention to the capital letter and lowercase letter
    Lead in and teach the letters Ff Gg Hh Ii in the same way (课件出示:字母Ff Gg Hh Ii相关图片录音)
    Teaching purpose
    通连线题检测学生字母写掌握情况强化学生字母写区分记忆
    2 Let’s match
    Show a task of matching the capital letters to the lowercase letters Ask students to finish it

    Teaching purpose
    引导学生总结字母发音培养学生学力激发学生学积极性利图片单词卡片辅助教学学生着节拍吟诵chant增强趣味性时培养学生节奏感
    3 Listen and repeat
    (1) Play the video (课件出示:教材P26 Listen repeat and chant视频)Let students read after it
    (2) Show the picture on the PPT (课件出示:教材P26 Listen repeat and chant图片) Let students read the words after the recording Teach the words by word cards
    (3) Lead students to summarize the pronunciation of the letter e Let students clap their hands and chant Ee Ee Ee e e e egg egg elephant elephant

    (4) Use the same method to teach the other four letters (课件出示:次出示字母Ff Gg Hh Ii相关容)
    4 Let’s chant
    Play the recording of the chant Ask students to chant after the recording Then lead students to clap their hands and do the actions after the teacher

    Teaching purpose
    听力练前预留时间学生图片加熟悉引导学生根图片容听力文进行听前预测注重学生学方法指导学生根图片提示听力容选择正确字母培养学生动手动脑力进加深字母记忆
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    Show the pictures on the PPT (课件出示:教材P26 Listen and circle图片) Help students say the corresponding words according to the pictures
    Let students read the letters below the pictures correctly
    Play the recording (课件出示:教材P26 Listen and circle音频) Let students listen and circle Then check the answers together
    (Answers g h f e i)
    2 Fill in the blanks
    Show some letter cards and invite some students to the front Lead students to choose the right cards to fill in the blanks
    Teaching purpose
    提醒学生注意字母四线三格书写序通Bingo游戏提高学生学热情强化学生字母记忆时检测学生学效果

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Write and say
    Play the cartoon (课件出示:教材P26 Write and say视频) Let students watch it carefully Remind them to pay attention to the stroke order and other tips Then ask students to write the letters in the correct stroke order in their books
    2 Bingo
    Ask students to write down the letters Aa to Ii in Sudoku in disorder and play the game
    (游戏说明:学生九宫格意序写出AaIi等写字母组合教师意挑选中三字母组合三字母组合九宫格连成意条直线视Bingo获Bingo学生奖励)


    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Copy the letters five times
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1字母音形学图片相结合学生视觉击提高学生学兴趣
    2鼓励学生寻找发现生活中字母物品教学方式贴学生生活实际帮助克服畏难心理降低学难度体现学致原
    3注重学生学方法指导包括学生听指导写指导听力练前学生预留时间思考教授新字母书写时先做示范
    4突出学生体位教师引导学生足够空间通听例词读例词学例词总结字母发音规律
    5整教学程流程清晰较达课时教学目标
    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Letters and sounds
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the two vowels in words and the three consonants as the first letter in words on the basis of learning the pronunciation and form of the letters
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the two vowels in words and the three consonants as the first letter in words
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the stroke order of the letters and the pronunciation of the example words
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy the song—ABC song
    3 Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Chant with the teacher and show the letter cards
    Create a good English learning atmosphere Help students review the letters and prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Teach the letters Ee Ef Gg Hh Ii
    Create a situation and lead in the letters by the PPT
    Let students find things that look like the letters in their daily life
    Let students write the letters with their fingers
    Learn the new letters
    Read the letters after the
    recording And find
    things that look like the
    letters in their daily life
    Write the letters with
    their fingers after the
    teacher
    Lead in the letters in a funny way Lead students to find the things that look like the letters in daily life to cultivate Students’ ability of observation and association Pay attention to the guidance on Students’ learning methods
    2 Let’s match
    Show a task of matching the capital letters to the lowercase letters
    Try to match the capital
    letters to the lowercase
    letters
    Strengthen the memory of the capital letters and the lowercase letters through the task
    3 Listen and repeat
    (1) Play the video
    (2) Show the picture on the PPT Let students read the words after the recording Teach the words by word cards
    (3) Lead students to summarize the pronunciation of the letter e Let students clap their hands and chant
    (4) Use the same method to teach the other four letters
    (1) Watch the video and read after it
    (2) Look at the picture on
    the PPT Read the
    words after the
    recording Learn the
    words by word cards
    (3) Try to summarize the
    pronunciation of the
    letter e Clap their
    hands and chant
    (4)Learn the letters Ff Gg Hh Ii in the same way
    Lead students to summarize the pronunciation of the letters Develop Students’ autonomous learning ability Elevate Students’ learning initiative Train students’ sense of rhythm
    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    4 Let’s chant
    Play the recording of the chant Lead students to clap their hands and do the actions
    Chant after the recording Clap their hands and do the actions after the teacher

    Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    Show the pictures on the PPT Help students say the words according to the pictures Play the recording Then check the answers
    Say the words according
    to the pictures Then read
    the letters below the
    pictures correctly Listen
    to the recording and
    circle the letters Check
    the answers
    Lead students to predict the listening text according to the pictures Help students get the learning methods Cultivate Students’ ability of practice and thinking Deepen the memory of the letters
    2 Fill in the blanks
    Show some letter cards and invite some students to choose the right cards to fill in the blanks
    Try to choose the right cards to fill in the blanks
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Write and say
    Play the cartoon Remind students to pay attention to the stroke order and other tips
    Watch the cartoon
    carefully Pay attention to
    the stroke order and other
    tips Then write the
    letters in the correct
    stroke order in their
    books
    Lead students to write the letters correctly Cultivate Students’ interest in learning
    Strengthen the memory of the letters and check the learning effects
    2 Bingo
    Ask students to write down the letters Aa to Ii in Sudoku in disorder and play the game
    Write down the letters Aa to Ii in Sudoku in disorder and play the game
    Homework
    1 Copy the letters five times
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The fourth period(第四课时)
    Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够通听录音正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够听懂运核心句型—How are you—Very well thanks询问况回答
    ·够运句型Let’s make a puppet提出建议
    Let’s play
    ·够完成句子接龙活动运How are you询问况知晓种回答形式
    ▶教学重点
    够理解掌握课时重点句型—How are you—Very well thanksLet’s make a puppet
    ▶教学难点
    1够真实语境中运课重点句型然流利进行话
    2够掌握very wellthanks读音
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频句型卡片物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    富节奏感歌曲热身带动学生根歌词容做出相应动作激发学生学兴趣通日常问候帮助学生巩固学句型新课学做准备
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and do
    Play the video of the song—If you are happy and you know it (出示课件) Lead students to sing and do the actions
    3 Make a daily talk
    T Good morningafternoon A How are you
    A I’m fine thank you Good morningafternoon B How are you
    B I’m fine thank you Good morningafternoon C How are you
    C …
    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测图片容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Look and predict
    Show the picture of Let’s talk (课件出示:教材P27 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to help students predict the main idea of the dialogue
    The questions are like these
    (1)Who can you see in the picture
    (2)Where are they
    Teaching purpose
    利已学知识然引入新知卡片教授句型简单直接期间教师纠正学生发音突破重点难点
    2 Teach the sentence Very well thanks
    (1) Play the video of Let’s talk (课件出示 教材P27 Let’s talk板块视频) Help students get the overall perception of the text
    T How is Mike What does he say
    Ss …
    (2) Take out the sentence card of Very well thanks
    T When others ask you How are you if you\'re fine you can say Very well thanks
    Students ask the teacher How are you and the teacher answers with the sentence Very well thanks
    Write down —How are you — Very well thanks on the blackboard
    (3) Teach the pronunciation of very well and thanks Let students read one by one
    T Boys and girls please pay attention to my mouth v v v very eelwel well Very well
    Ss Very well
    T Look at my mouth The letter combination th pronounces
    θ Follow me θæŋks thanks
    Ss Thanks
    (4) Read the words several times then let students point and say
    S1 How are you
    S2 Very well thanks How are you
    S3 …

    Teaching purpose
    通肢体语言帮助学生理解重点词句进引导学生理解文容
    3 Teach the sentence structures —Let’s make a puppet —Great
    (1)Ask the questions and play the video again (出示课件)
    T What are Sarah and Mike going to do What does Sarah say
    Ss Sarah says Let’s make a puppet
    Show a picture of a puppet and teach the word puppet (课件出示:puppet相关容) Let students listen and repeat the sentence
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演补全句子形式进行文构帮助学生梳理重点知识加强重点句型记忆
    (2)Help students get the meaning of great by body language Teach the word great (课件出示:great相关容)
    Hold the picture of puppet and say to different students loudlyLet’s make a puppet Lead students to answer with Great and give a highfive
    Write down —Let’s make a puppet—Greaton the blackboard
    4 Read and act
    (1) Play the recording of Let’s talk (出示课件) Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Play the recording again Ask students to repeat and practice the dialogue in pairs Then let them fill in the blanks

    (3) Let students wear the headdresses and act out the dialogue then show it to the class
    Teaching purpose
    通编chant学重点句型完美融合学生熟悉旋律中进增强学生信心提高学积极性通话游戏重点句型进行操练学生愉快轻松语言环境中然学语言
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s sing
    Lead students to sing the chant with the melody of Two tigers and do the actions (课件出示:歌曲两老虎旋律)

    Let students sing in groups and show it to the class Give the prize to the best group
    2 Let’s play
    T Sarah and Mike are making a puppet They are very happy What about their friends Let’s have a look
    Play the cartoon of Let’s play (课件出示 教材P27 Let’s play板块视频) Ask students to enjoy the cartoon
    Let students read the dialogue after the cartoon Act out the dialogue with three students to make a model Lead students to play the game in groups of four Let students ask and answer in a chain by using their real names The fastest group can get the prize
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生纸画出想做事教室走动学句型问邀请方起做某事找友创设趋真实情境学生情境中话培养学生综合语言运力

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Find friends
    T Let’s play a game Find friends who want to do the same things with you Now draw what you want to do on the paper When the music begins go around the classroom greet your classmates and find friends to go to school with you play basketball with you make a puppet with you and so on When the music stops you should go back to your seat Now begin
    Ask two students to make a demonstration
    S1 Hi Hello How are you
    S2 I’m fine thank you How are you
    S1 Very well thanks Let’s…
    S2 Great
    T What do you want to do Who does it with you How many friends do you have Who are they



    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Sing the chant
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1学生观察图片助图片预测教学容注重学生观察力培养学方法指导
    2学知识学生生活实际相联系创编歌谣学生熟练运新句型增强学生信心帮助学生轻松愉快氛围中掌握新知
    3创设情境教学学生真实语境中然流利运节课句型进行话培养学生综合语言运力
    4重难点突出较完成定教学目标

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to understand and use the key sentence structures —How are you —Very well thanks to ask and answer the question about recent situation
    ·Be able to use the sentence Let’s make a puppet properly
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to finish the task and use the sentence How are you to ask others about their recent situations and know how to answer it in different ways
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures —How are you —Very well thanks Let’s make a puppet
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures of this lesson in real situations
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of very well and thanks
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and do
    Play the video of the song—If you are happy and you know it Lead students to sing and do the actions
    3 Make a daily talk
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing and do the actions
    3 Try to make a daily talk
    Stimulate Students’ interest in learning Help students consolidate the sentence structures they have learnt and prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Look and predict
    Show the picture of Let’s
    talk Ask some questions
    Look at the picture carefully Think and talk about the questions to predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Lead students to observe and talk about the picture with questions Cultivate Students’ observation and logical reasoning ability
    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    2 Teach the sentence Very
    well thanks
    (1) Play the video of Let’s talk Help students get the overall perception of the text
    (2) Teach the sentence Very well thanks by the sentence card
    (3) Teach the pronunciation of very well and thanks
    (4) Read the words several
    times then let students point and say
    (1) Watch the video of Let’s talk Try to get the overall perception of the text
    (2) Learn the sentence Very well thanks
    (3)Learn the pronunciation of very well and thanks
    (4) Practice the words and the sentences
    Lead in the new knowledge properly Correct Students’ pronunciation Break through the teaching priorities and difficulties
    3 Teach the sentence
    structures —Let’s make a puppet —Great
    (1) Play the video again Ask some questions and teach the word puppet
    (2) Help students get the
    meaning of great by body language and teach the
    word great
    (1) Watch the video again and answer the questions
    Listen and repeat the sentence
    (2) Learn the word great
    Practice the sentence
    structures
    Use body language to help students understand the key words and sentence structures
    4 Read and act
    (1)Play the recording of Let’s talk
    (2)Play again Let students
    practice the dialogue and fill in the blanks
    (3) Let students wear the
    headdresses and act out the dialogue
    (1) Read after the recording
    Pay attention to the
    pronunciation and the
    intonation
    (2) Listen and repeat Practice the dialogue in pairs Then fill in the blanks
    (3) Wear the headdresses and act out the dialogue Then show it to the class
    Lead students to read the dialogue correctly and fluently Help students sort out the key knowledge and strengthen the memory of the key sentence structures
    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Let’s sing
    Lead students to sing the
    chant with the melody of
    Two tigers and do the
    actions

    Sing the chant and do the
    actions Sing in groups and
    show it to the class
    Combine the key sentence structures with the familiar rhythm Cultivate Students’ sense of rhythm Enhance Students’ selfconfidence Let students practice the key sentence structures skillfully in context
    2 Let’s play
    Play the cartoon of Let’s play Act out the dialogue with three students to make a model Lead students to play the game by using their real names
    Enjoy the cartoon Read the
    dialogue after the cartoon
    Act out the dialogue with the
    teacher and then work in
    groups of four to play the
    game
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Find friends
    Let students draw what they want to do on the paper go around the classroom greet their classmates and find friends who want to do the same things with them
    Draw what they want to do
    on the paper and play the
    game
    Attract Students’ attention
    Create a real situation to develop Students’ comprehensive language using ability
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Sing the chant
    3 Do the exercises
    The fifth period(第五课时)
    Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读表示身体部位名称六单词head hand body arm leg foot
    ·够图片PPT教师帮助理解Let’s learn板块中句子含义
    ·够情景中运句型This is the…介绍身体部位
    Let’s do
    ·够图片动作音频帮助理解读歌谣
    ·够根指令做出相应动作根动作说出相应指令性语
    ▶教学重点
    1够听说认读表示身体部位名称六单词head hand body arm leg foot
    2 够情景中运句型This is the…介绍身体部位
    ▶教学难点
    够区分单词headhand发音
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片木偶等
    Teaching purpose
    通TPR活动调动学生种感官参轻松愉快氛围中复旧知通歌曲引出新知吸引学生注意力创造良英语学环境新课学做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Revision
    (1)Ask students to act out the dialogue of Let’s talk on page 27
    (2)Play the video of Let’s do on page 25 (出示课件) Lead students to do the actions according to the video together
    3 Leadin
    Play the video of the song—Head and shoulders knees and toes (课件出示:教材P30 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频)
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    (1)Teach the words head hand
    Teaching purpose
    通熟悉卡通物然导入新知种形式教授新词做词离句通编chant单词句型整合学生边说边做动作加深学生单词句型理解记忆
    Show the picture of a cartoon character on the PPT (出示课件) Dub the cartoon character
    T Boys and girls do you still remember me
    Ss Yes
    T Nice to see you again This is my faceeareyenosemouth And this is my head This is my hand (课件出示:卡通物图片突出相应部位)
    Teach the words head hand (课件出示:headhand相关容) Ask students to read the words after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation
    T Please look at my mouth e e e ed hed æ æ æ
    æn ænd hænd
    Teach the words by word cards Lead students to chant and do the actions
    Hand↗ hand↘ this is the hand↘ Clap my hands (Do the action)
    Head↗ head↘ this is the head↘ Touch my head (Do the action)
    Pay attention to the pronunciation of the
    Write down the words head hand and the sentence structure This is the… on the blackboard
    (2)Teach the words body arm
    Show the picture of the cartoon character on the PPT Circle the cartoon character’s body and arm(课件出示:该卡通物图片圈出身体胳膊) Dub the cartoon character
    T: This is my body This is my arm Please look at my mouth
    ɒ ɒ ɒ bɒdi ɑː ɑː ɑːm
    Teach the word body in high and low voice Teach the word arm in opposite tune Lead students to chant and do the actions
    Body↗ body↘ this is the body↘ Shake my body (Do the action)
    Arm↗ arm↘ this is the arm↘ Wave my arms (Do the action)
    Write down the words body arm on the blackboard
    Let students repeat and do the actions
    (3)Teach the words leg foot
    Show the picture of the cartoon character on the PPT Circle the cartoon character’s leg and foot(课件出示:该卡通物图片圈出腿脚)Dub the cartoon character
    T This is my leg This is my foot Please look at my mouth e e e eg leg ʊ ʊ ʊ ʊt fʊt
    Teach the word leg by jumping and saying Teach the word foot by pointing and saying Lead students to chant and do the actions
    Leg↗ leg↘ this is the leg↘ Shake your legs (Do the action)
    Foot↗ foot↘ this is the foot↘ Stamp your foot (Do the action)
    Teaching purpose
    Let’s learn板块文容巧妙转化听力练训练学生听音力单词排序形式充分调动学生听觉视觉学生更学理解词汇
    Write down the words leg foot on the blackboard
    2 Listen and number
    (1)Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示 教材P28 Let’s learn板块图片)
    T Look who are they
    Ss …
    T Yes they are Mike and Sarah They are making a puppet Now please listen and number the words
    Play the recording of the listening exercise (课件出示:教材P28 Let’s learn板块补充听力材料音频) Ask students to listen and number the words
    (2)Play the recording again Show the listening material Ask students to read after the recording and act it out in pairs

    Step 3 Practice
    Teaching purpose
    通单词游戏会飞礼物学词汇进行操练增加学趣味性助活跃课堂气氛
    1 Words game
    (游戏说明:学生礼物中选择教师点击礼物出现单词学生读出相应单词该礼物)

    2 Make a puppet
    Take out some parts of a puppet on the desk
    Teaching purpose
    学生帮教师完成木偶重组介绍木偶培养学生动手动口力游戏中增强学生信心通猜谜游戏培养学生积极动脑思考力提高学生学积极性
    T Look I have a puppet But the parts of the puppet are mixed and I can’t play with it Can you help me put them together
    Invite some students to make a puppet and introduce the parts of the puppet with the sentence structure This is the…
    3 Guessing game
    Show some pictures on the PPT (课件出示:猴子象猫身体部位图片) Ask students to guess the animals
    Students guess the animals then introduce the pictures with the sentence structure This is the…
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏创设情境学生真实愉快气氛中操练单词表示指令句子鼓励学生胆创编歌曲激发创作欲培养创作
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Let’s do
    (1)Play the cartoon of Let’s do(课件出示:教材P28 Let’s do板块视频) Let students get the meaning of it Help students understand the meanings of the words clap wave shake stamp by body language
    (2) Play the cartoon again Lead students to do the actions after it Then ask students to do the actions according to the instructions Invite some students to give the instructions and the others do the actions Let students practice in groups and show it to the class
    2 Let’s sing
    Play the video of the song—Teddy bear (课件出示:歌曲Teddy bear视频) Ask students to create their own songs according to the example …
    ▶板书设计



    ▶作业设计
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Introduce your toy doll to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1游戏教学贯穿课堂始终通单词卡片声唱反调会飞礼物等方式操练单词寓教乐帮助学生较较快掌握新知
    2采种形式调动学生学积极性吸引学生注意力全身心投入学中学生体会学带成感增强学生信心
    3基课时重点容设计教学情境注意话题延续性整体性
    4鼓励学生胆创编歌曲开放性练激发学生创作欲拓展学生发散性思维

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words head hand body arm leg foot
    ·Be able to understand the meanings of the sentences with the help of the pictures PPT and the teacher
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure This is the… properly in situations
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand and sing the song with the help of the pictures the actions and the recording
    ·Be able to do the corresponding actions according to the instructions or say the corresponding sentences according to the actions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words head hand body arm leg foot
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure This is the… properly in situations
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to distinguish the pronunciation of head and hand
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Revision
    (1) Ask students to act out the
    dialogue of Let’s talk on page 27
    (2) Play the video of Let’s do on page 25
    3 Leadin
    Play the video of the song
    1 Greetings
    2 Act out the dialogue Do the actions according to the video together
    3 Enjoy the song
    Through the TPR activity help students review the old knowledge in a relaxing atmosphere Play the video of the song and create a good English learning atmosphere Prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    Show the cartoon character on the PPT and dub it Teach the words in different ways Lead students to chant and do the actions
    Look at the cartoon character
    Learn the words in
    different ways Chant
    and do the actions
    Lead in the new lesson properly with the cartoon character Teach the words and the sentences in different ways
    Strengthen Students’ understanding and memory of the new knowledge through the chant

    2 Listen and number
    Show the picture of Let’s learn Play the recording and show the listening material
    Look at the picture
    carefully Listen to the
    recording and number the
    words Then read after
    the recording and act it
    out in pairs
    Train Students’ listening skills Let students number the words according to the recording to help students master the words better

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Words game
    Click the present and ask students to say out the words
    Play the game to practice
    the words
    Train Students’ ability of practice and speaking Practice the words and the sentence structure This is the… Enhance Students’ confidence
    2 Make a puppet
    Try to make a puppet then
    introduce the parts of the
    puppet
    3 Guessing game
    Show some pictures on the PPT
    Look at the pictures on the
    PPT Guess the animals
    Then introduce the pictures
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Let’s do
    (1) Play the cartoon of Let’s do Help students understand the meanings of the words clap wave shake stamp
    (2) Play the cartoon again Lead students to do the actions after it
    (1) Watch the cartoon and
    get the meaning of it
    (2) Do the actions according to the instructions Practice in groups and show it to the class
    Create a natural and real situation Help students use the words and the sentences reasonably Stimulate Students’ creative desire and cultivate their creative ability
    2 Let’s sing
    Play the video of the song
    Enjoy the song and create
    their own songs according
    to the example

    Homework
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Introduce your toy doll to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The sixth period(第六课时)
    Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Start to read
    ·够找出听说读写图片中字母
    ·够听说认读表示五官身体部位单词数出应单词数
    Let’s check
    ·够根图片信息预测听力考查点意识听录音完成排序
    ·够观察图片朗读单词完成配练
    Let’s sing
    ·够理解唱歌曲创编新歌曲
    ▶教学重点
    1 听说认读单元五官身体部位关单词
    2够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    ▶教学难点
    够日常生活中然运单元句型进行交际
    ▶教学准备
    1 预状元课堂创优作业100分状元作业中课时相关容
    教学课件课文录音视频礼物等
    Teaching purpose
    歌曲热身活跃课堂氛围复五官身体部位关单词指令性语调动学生种感官参激发学生学兴趣
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s sing
    Lead students to sing the chant with the melody of Two tigers (课件出示:歌曲两老虎旋律)

    3 Revision
    T Boys and girls Let’s play the game I say you do Are you ready Let’s go Clap your hands Wave your arms Shake your body Stamp your foot Touch your nose Touch your ear Open your eyes …
    Teaching purpose
    通转盘游戏创编话活动单元重点单词句型进行检测复引导学生迅速激活前学知识增强学趣味性时面学环节做铺垫
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Turn and turn
    Show the turntable with the pictures of body parts and facial features on the PPT (课件出示:转盘图) Turn the turntable and ask students to say the corresponding words
    2 Make a dialogue
    Let students make a dialogue Give an example first Then ask students to practice in pairs and share it with the class
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生观察图片寻找字母数出找字母数培养学生观察力

    3 Find and say
    Let students look at the picture of Find and say carefully (课件出示:教材P29 Find and say图片)
    T Wow Look There are so many candies What else can you see
    Ss Letters
    T Great What letter can you see
    S1 I see a big E
    S2 I see a big F

    T Now please circle all the letters How many letters can you see How many bigsmall letters
    Ss …
    Teaching purpose
    学生观察图片运学知识描述图片学生朗读单词数出应单词数量注重学生学方法指导
    4 Read and count
    (1) Show the picture of the clown on the PPT (课件出示:教材P29 Read and count丑图)Lead students to describe the clown with the sentence structure This is the armearhand…
    (2) Show the words on the clown (课件出示:丑身体栏中单词)Invite some students to read the words one by one Let students point to the corresponding body parts while reading the words
    (3) Let students count the words Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示 教材P29 Read and count答案)
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and number
    Teaching purpose
    听力练前预留时间学生听容进行预测学生进行效听力技巧指导
    (1)Let students look at the pictures of Listen and number by themselves (课件出示:教材P30 Listen and number图片)Lead them to predict the content of every picture Remind students to pay attention to the key information
    (2) Play the recording (课件出示教材P30 Listen and number音频)Let students listen to the recording and try to number the pictures
    (3) Check the answers together Then ask students to read the listening material (课件出示:教材P30 Listen and number听力材料答案)
    Teaching purpose
    通配练巩固学单词帮助学生日常生活中熟练学知识
    2 Look and match
    (1) Show the picture of Look and match on the PPT (课件出示:教材P30 Look and match图片) Let students describe what they see
    T Who are they What are they doing What can you see
    (2) Invite some students to read the words one by one Then ask students to read the words group by group
    (3) Let students match the words to the pictures Then check the answers(课件出示:教材P30 Look and match答案)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Teaching purpose
    教唱快乐节奏感强歌曲复单词时活跃课堂气氛通音乐韵律动作学生感受英语节奏美鼓励学生运学知识歌曲进行胆创编增强学生学英语信心通音乐英语结合培养学生综合力创造力
    Let’s sing
    (1)Play the cartoon for the first time (课件出示:教材P30 Let’s sing板块视频) Let students get the meaning of it Help students understand the meanings of the words shoulders knees toes by body language
    (2)Play the cartoon again (出示课件) Let students learn to sing and do the actions after the cartoon Then ask students to practice the song in groups and show it to the class
    (3)Create your own song
    Encourage students to create their own songs Give an example
    T Now please create your own song
    Let students sing their own songs


    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Read the key words
    2 Sing your own song to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1基单元整体教学重点单词句型较进行整合融入游戏歌曲等种活动中
    2注重学生学方法指导包括听指导说指导读指导
    3充分利媒体资源辅助教学利课件学生创设定情境学生够情境中然会话
    4鼓励学生创编歌曲增强学生信心培养学生综合力创造力

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Start to read
    ·Be able to find as well as listen speak read and write the letters in the picture
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words of this unit and count the words
    Let’s check
    ·Be able to predict the examination points according to the pictures listen to the recording consciously and number the pictures
    ·Be able to observe the pictures read the words and finish the task of matching
    Let’s sing
     ·Be able to understand and sing the song and make a new song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words of this unit
    ·Be able to finish the exercises of Let’s check independently
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures of this unit properly in daily life
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s sing
    Lead students to sing the chant with the melody of Two tigers
    3 Revision
    Play the game I say you
    do with students Give instructions
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the chant
    3 Play the game Do the actions according to the instructions
    Activate the learning atmosphere Review the words and the sentences Cultivate Students’ interest in learning
    Presentation
    1 Turn and turn
    Show the turntable with the pictures of body parts and facial features Turn the turntable
    Say the corresponding
    words according to the
    turntable
    Create a natural real situation to review and practice the key words and sentence structures of this unit Prepare for the following study
    2 Make a dialogue
    Let students make a dialogue Give an example first Then ask students to practice in pairs and share it with the class
    Try to make a dialogue
    Practice the dialogue in
    pairs and share it with the
    class
    3 Find and say
    Show the picture and ask some questions
    Look at the picture
    carefully Try to find the
    letters and count the
    letters
    Cultivate Students’ observation ability by observing the picture
    4 Read and count
    (1) Show the clown on the PPT
    (2) Show the words on the clown
    (3) Check the answers
    (1) Describe the clown with the sentence structure This is the armearhand…
    (2) Read the words one by one
    (3) Count the words and check the answers
    Lead students to describe the picture and count the words Provide guidance on Students’ learning methods
    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Listen and number
    (1) Show the pictures Remind students to pay attention to the key information
    (2) Play the recording
    (3) Check the answers
    (1) Look at the pictures
    carefully Predict the content of every picture
    (2) Listen to the recording and try to number the pictures
    (3) Check the answers with the teacher Then read the listening material
    Train Students’ ability of listening Help students improve
    listening skills
    2 Look and match
    (1) Show the picture and ask some questions
    (2) Invite some students to
    read the words
    (3) Let students match the
    words to the pictures
    Then check the answers
    (1) Look at the picture and
    describe what they see
    (2) Read the words one by one and then group by group
    (3) Match the words to the
    pictures Check the answers
    Consolidate the key words with the pictures Help students use the words in their real life properly
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s sing
    Play the cartoon Let students practice in groups and create a new song
    (1) Watch the cartoon and get the meaning of it
    (2) Sing the song and do the actions after the cartoon Practice in groups and show it to the class
    (3) Create their own songs then sing the songs
    Review the words and activate the atmosphere through the song Enhance students’ confidence
    Cultivate Students’ comprehensive ability and creativity
    Homework
    1 Read the key words
    2 Sing your own song to your family
    3 Do the exercises

    Recycle 1

    教材分析
    单元复巩固单元巩固操练1~3单元核心句型词汇运情境教学学句型词汇串联起学生创设真实情景中复1~3单元核心知识单元容三部分组成第部分提供阅读务通幽默事帮助学生综合复1~3单元核心句型第二部分通听画读活动梯子蛇游戏帮助学生复1~3单元学字母词汇句型第三部分重点复学字母语音
    教学目标
    知识力目标
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型HelloHiMorningGood morningGood afternoon—How are you—I’m fine Bye —What’s your name —My name is…I’m…This is…—Nice to meet you —Nice to meet you too
    词汇
    ·文具: ruler eraser pencil crayon bag pen pencil box book
    ·颜色: red yellow green blue black brown white orange
    ·身体部位: face ear eye nose mouth arm hand head body leg foot
    语音
    ·字母AaIi单词中发音
    力目标:
    ·学生实际情景中灵活运语言进行问候交友
    ·巩固复1~3单元关文具身体部位颜色词汇
    ·巩固复1~3单元学字母说出应发音
    情感态度、文化意识、学策略目标
    ·建立友朋友关系懂礼貌讲文明
    ·注意单词音义形间联系整体学单词
    课时安排
    第课时: Read aloud & Listen and colour & Look and tick(√)
    第二课时: Go up the ladders Go down the snakes & Match write and read aloud & Sing a song
    The first period(第课时)
    Read aloud & Listen and colour & Look and tick (√)

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Read aloud
    ·复巩固1~3单元学词汇句型
    ·够理解事基础表演事
    Listen and colour &
    Look and tick(√)
    ·复关颜色身体部位单词
    ·够独立完成听力练
    ▶教学重点
    复巩固1~3单元学词汇句型
    ▶教学难点
    够熟练运1~3单元核心句型创设真实情境中然体进行会话
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    歌曲热身复关颜色单词通游戏说做复关身体部位单词唤醒旧知活跃课堂氛围面复环节做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song—Colour song(出示课件)
    Students sing the song together
    3 Let’s do
    T Hey boys and girls Let’s play the game I say you do Ready Go Close your eyes Open your mouth Touch your head Wave your arms … OK Once again This time you should do it faster Stamp your foot …
    Teaching purpose
    通图说话复前面三单元核心句型
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Look and say
    Show the main scene of Units 1~3 (课件出示:Units 1~3情景图) Let students make dialogues according to the pictures

    Teaching purpose
    教师引导学生观察图片预测事容然通系列问题引导学生理解事容
    2 Learn the story
    (1)Show the pictures of Read aloud (课件出示教材P32 Read aloud图片) Lead students to look at the five pictures and predict the main idea of the story
    T We have so many friends Look Who are they
    (2)Play the cartoon for the first time (课件出示:教材P32 Read aloud视频) Help students understand the phrases white hands brown arms by Picture 3 and get the main idea of the storyT (Point to Picture 3) Look at ZoomZip What is heshe saying
    Ss …
    T Is this ZoomIs this Zip
    Ss No This is MikeThis is John
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读通配音角色扮演锻炼学生口语力
    Help students get more details to understand the story better
    3 Read and act
    (1)Play the cartoon again Ask students to read after the recording Let students practice the story and do a dubbing show
    (2)Let students wear the headdresses to act out the story
    Step 3 Postlearning
    Teaching purpose
    通鼠传球游戏复关颜色单词问候句型增强学生学趣味性增加学生语言输出面听音练做铺垫
    1 Play the game—Whackamole
    Play the game to review the words about colours with students (出示课件)
    2 Play the game—Pass the ball
    Let students choose the cartoon characters they like and prepare the handmade headdresses then play the game
    T Let’s make some new friends Listen to the music When it stops the one who gets the ball will act for us Who is the lucky one
    Make a model
    Ss Good morning Good morning Who are you
    S1 I’mMy name is XXX
    Ss Hello Hello Nice to meet you
    S1 Hello Hello Nice to meet you too
    Teaching purpose
    通学生说出颜色单词改编歌曲进步巩固颜色单词完成听力务前通提问学生听容进行熟悉预测注重学生听力技巧指导
    (游戏说明教师学生提前准备想扮演角色头饰课物学生喜爱卡通物教师放音乐传球音乐停谁球带制头饰学介绍招呼)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Look and sing
    Show the picture on page 33 on the PPT (出示课件) Lead students to say the colours in order Then sing the adapted song—Colour song
    T Look at this beautiful picture What colours can you see
    Ss …
    T Great Let’s sing the new Colour song

    2 Listen and colour
    Let students look at the picture carefully
    T What are they doing They are enjoying the party Now please help the kids to make them more beautiful Play the recording (课件出示:教材P33 Listen and colour音频) Let students pay attention to the key information Miss Mr green blue red and colour the picture Show the listening material (课件出示:教材P33 Listen and colour听力材料) Check the answers
    3 Look and tick
    Let students look at the picture on page 33 carefully and tick what they see Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P33 Look and tick答案)


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Retell the story
    2 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1 注重学生引导课堂动权更留学生体现学生教学理念
    2 学生扮演喜欢卡通物注重学生创新力发散性思维培养
    3 角色扮演鼠游戏图说话编歌曲等种形式充分调动学生学积极性学生知觉中完成复务达较教学效果


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Read aloud
    ·Review and consolidate the vocabulary and the sentence structures of Units 1~3
    ·Be able to understand the story and act it out
    Listen and colour & Look and tick(√)
    ·Review the words about colours and body parts
    ·Be able to finish the listening exercise independently
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Review and consolidate the vocabulary and the sentence structures of Units 1~3
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures properly and skillfully in real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song—Colour song
    3 Let’s do
    Give instructions
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—Colour song
    3 Do the actions according to the Teacher’s instructions
    Stimulate Students’ interest in learning and review the knowledge learnt before Prepare for the following step
    Presentation
    1 Look and say
    Show the main scene of Units 1~3 Let students make dialogues according to the pictures
    Try to make dialogues according to the pictures
    Review and consolidate the key sentence structures of Units 1~3
    2 Learn the story
    (1)Show the pictures of
    Read aloud Lead students to predict the main idea of the story
    (2)Play the cartoon Ask some questions to help students get more details of the story
    (1)Look at the pictures and predict the main idea
    (2)Watch the cartoon and
    answer the questions
    Lead students to predict the main idea of the story by observing the pictures Help students understand the story better with the questions

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    3 Read and act
    Play the recording
    Watch the video Read after the recording Practice the story and do a dubbing show Wear the headdresses to act out the story
    Make sure that students can read the story correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Play the game—Whackamole
    Show some words about colours on the PPT
    Play the game to review the
    words
    Review the words and the sentence structures Cultivate Students’ interest in learning Improve Students’ ability of language output Prepare for the following listening exercise
    2 Play the game—Pass the ball
    Let students choose the cartoon characters they like and prepare the headdresses
    Pass the ball The student
    who gets the ball wears the
    headdress to make a
    selfintroduction and greet
    other students
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Look and sing
    Show the picture on
    page 33 on the PPT
    Look at the picture and say the colours in order Then sing the song
    Further consolidate the words about colours through saying the words in order and singing the new song Let students predict the content of the picture with questions before listening Cultivate Students’ learning methods
    2 Listen and colour
    Play the recording
    Show the listening
    material and check the
    answers
    Listen to the recording and colour the picture Check the answers
    3 Look and tick
    Check the answers
    Look at the picture carefully and tick the rightanswers Check the answers
    Homework
    1 Retell the story
    2 Do the exercises
    The second period(第二课时)
    Go up the ladders Go down the snakes &
    Match write and read aloud & Sing a song

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Go up the ladders
    Go down the snakes
    ·够准确快速认读前三单元词汇
    ·够真实语境中灵活运重点句型HelloHiThis is…—How are you
    —I’m fine—Nice to meet you —Nice to meet you tooGoodbyeBye
    Match write and read aloud
    & Sing a song
    ·够辨认字母写形式掌握正确书写格式
    ·够理解唱歌曲创编新歌曲
    ▶教学重点
    1复巩固关文具颜色身体部位单词求够听说认读
    2够情景中恰运重点句型问候做介绍
    ▶教学难点
    够辨认字母写形式掌握正确书写格式
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频书包单词卡片文具等
    Teaching purpose
    通唱歌活跃课堂气氛学生更快进入英语学氛围中复身体部位文具关单词学字母面学做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song—Head and shoulders knees and toes (出示课件)
    3 Revision
    T I have a ruler
    Ss (Show the rulers) Me too
    T I have a pen
    Ss (Show the pens) Me too

    T You’re great Now Let’s chant together

    Teaching purpose
    通头脑风暴游戏学生游戏竞争中复单词加深学生单词记忆时培养学生竞争意识调动学生学积极性
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Play a game—Brainstorm
    Let students try to say more words or letters according to the category prompt
    Teaching purpose
    学生分干组进行组传话游戏复学句型学生紧张氛围中加强句型记忆时培养合作竞争意识

    2 Play a game—Whisper
    Divide students into several groups Let them pass on different sentences in a low voice Students pass on the sentences one by one in groups Ask the last student to share it with the class Reward the fastest group
    Sentences are like these
    Teaching purpose
    通猜猜活动梯子蛇游戏复关文具颜色身体部位单词前三单元学句型字母帮助学生真实语境中灵活运学语言

    3 Let’s guess
    Show a schoolbag to students There are some word cards of the body parts some stationery and some books in it Let students guess the things and their colours
    T What’s in my bag What’s this What colour is it
    4 Go up the ladders Go down the snakes
    Ask students to work in pairs and play the game Go up the ladders Go down the snakes
    Lead students to say the words or the sentences according to the pictures
    (游戏说明:学生两组掷骰子次掷次完成图说话活动答错学生停掷次遇梯子直接晋级梯子顶端格子完成相应活动遇蛇退蛇尾格子完成相应活动实物图片时说单词说出完整句子更情景图片时说句子答案开放适合该场景句子均算通关字母时根图片求完成说写活动谁快达终点赢家)
    Teaching purpose
    学生参教材P6图片创作幅字母屋培养学生想象力创造力时提升学生区分字母写力
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Draw a letter house
    Show the picture on page 6 on the PPT (课件出示教材P6 Let’s find out板块图片)
    T Look There are so many hidden letters Can you draw your own letter houseLet students draw their own letter houses and show them to the class to find the hidden letters together
    2 Match write and read aloud
    Teaching purpose
    通着节拍学唱歌曲培养学生节奏感通创编歌曲培养学生创造力灵活运语言力
    Let students look at the pictures and the letters on page 35 carefully (出示课件) Lead students to match the capital letters to the lowercase letters Then let them write these letters in their books according to the correct stroke order and writing form Ask students to read the letters together
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Sing a song
    (1)Play the cartoon of the song for the first time (课件出示:教材P35 Sing a song视频) Help students get the meaning of it
    T Who are they What are they doing
    Ss …
    (2)Play the cartoon again (出示课件) Lead students to learn to sing the song and clap their hands after the recording Let them practice the song in groups Then ask them to show it to the class
    (3)Create your own songs
    Encourage students to create their own songs Give an example

    T Now please create your own songs


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing the song How are you to your family
    2 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1活动设计环环相扣层层递进单词句型进行较全面复
    2实施单元整体教学握单元教学目标整体性挖掘单元教学容整体性设计单元教学程整体性充分体现新课程教学理念
    3拘泥教材文容鼓励学生结合学知识进行创作注重培养学生创新精神
    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Go up the ladders Go down the snakes
    ·Be able to recognize and read the words of Units 1~3 quickly and correctly
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures of Units 1~3 flexibly in real situations
    Match write and read aloud & Sing a song
    ·Be able to distinguish between the capital letters and the lowercase letters and master their correct writing forms
    ·Be able to understand and sing the song and make a new song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Review and consolidate the words of Units 1~3
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures properly in situations to greet others and make a
    selfintroduction
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to distinguish between the capital letters and the lowercase letters and master their correct writing forms
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    3 Revision
    Talk to students and chant with them
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    3 Talk with the teacher and do the actions Chant together
    Stimulate Students’ interest in learning Review the words and the letters Prepare for the following step
    Presentation
    1 Play a game—Brainstorm
    Let students try to say more words or letters according to the category prompt
    Try to say more words or letters according to the category prompt
    Review and consolidate the words and the letters Cultivate Students’ sense of competition and elevate Students’ learning initiative
    2 Play a game—Whisper
    Divide students into several groups Let them pass on different sentences in a low voice in groups
    Try to pass on different sentences in a low voice in groups The last student shares it with the class
    Review and consolidate the sentence structures Cultivate Students’ sense of cooperation and competition
    3 Let’s guess
    Show a schoolbag with many things in it Let students guess the things and their colours
    Guess the things and their colours in the schoolbag
    Review and consolidate the words the sentences and the letters Help students use the language flexibly in real situations
    4 Go up the ladders Go
    down the snakes
    Work in pairs and play the game

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Draw a letter house
    Show the picture on page 6 on the PPT Let students imitate it and draw their own letter houses
    Try to draw their own letter
    houses then show them to
    the class to find the hidden
    letters together
    Cultivate Students’ imagination and creativity Help students distinguish between the capital letters and the lowercase letters
    2 Match write and read
    aloud
    Let students look at the pictures and the letters carefully
    Look at the pictures and the
    letters carefully Match and
    write the letters in their
    books Read the letters
    together
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Sing a song
    (1)Play the cartoon Help students get the meaning of the song
    (2)Play the cartoon again Lead students to learn to sing the song
    (3)Create your own songs
    Show an example on the PPT Ask students to create their own songs
    (1)Watch the cartoon and get the meaning of it
    (2)Sing the song and clap hands
    Practice the song in groups and show it to the class
    (3)Create new songs according to the example
    Learn to sing the song in rhythm to cultivate Students’ sense of rhythm Cultivate Students’ creativity and the ability to use the language flexibly
    Homework
    1 Sing the song How are you to your family
    2 Do the exercises

    Unit 4 We love animals

    教材分析
    单元学题动物教学容围绕着线物询问处远处认识动物(事物)展开教学重点够听懂会说核心句型—What’s this that —It’s a…Cool I like it够听说认读单词duck pig cat bear dog elephant monkey bird tiger panda zoo
    教学目标
    知识目标:
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型—What’s this that —It’s a…Cool I like it
    词汇
    ·听说认读单词duck pig cat bear dog elephant monkey bird tiger panda zoo
    字母语音
    ·正确听说读写字母Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn知道单词中发音

    力目标:
    ·够图片实物情境帮助运句型—What’s thisthat —It’s a…询问回答动物名称
    ·够情境中运句型Cool I like it表达赞美欣赏
    ·听字母说出应发音

    情感态度文化意识学策略目标:
    ·培养学生热爱动物保护动物意识
    ·解英语中部分动物声音拟声词
    ·够建立单词音义形间联系整体学单词
    课时安排
    第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
    第三课时 Part A Letters and sounds
    第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第六课时 Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    The first period(第课时)
    Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
    ·够图片教师帮助语境中运句型—What’s this —It’s a…交流图片种动物信息
    Let’s play
    ·够通声音意义相结合游戏活动巩固记忆动物单词音义句型—What’s this —It’s a…
    ▶教学重点
    1 够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
    2 够听懂会说句子—What’s this —It’s a duck dog bear
    ▶教学难点
    够实际情境中正确运句型—What’s this —It’s a…询问回答动物名称
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频物头饰教学实物等
    Teaching purpose
    课题动物里渗透单元题歌Old MacDonald首歌曲然没学学生早听容易引起学生鸣激发学生兴趣复第单元文具类单词新授句型It’s a…做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls
    Ss Hello Miss Mr…
    2 Enjoy the song—Old MacDonald(课件出示:教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
    3 Listen and do
    T Show me your pencil ruler crayon…
    Students show the stationery according to the teacher’s instructions
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the new sentence structures and words
    (1) Teach the new sentence structure It’s a…
    The teacher shows a pen to students
    T What’s this It’s a…
    Ss Pen
    Teaching purpose
    助第单元学文具类单词引出课学句型It’s a…旧引新渡然学生容易接受掌握
    T Great It’s a pen Follow me It’s a pen
    The teacher writes down the sentence structure It’s a… on the blackboard
    Then the teacher shows other stationery to help students practice the new sentence structure It’s a…
    Ss It’s a pencil ruler crayon…
    Teaching purpose
    学新句型程中然引出新单词dog渡然音形相结合学方式更利学生新知识掌握
    (2) Teach the new sentence structure What’s this and the word dog
    T (Show a crayon) What’s this
    Ss It’s a crayon
    T Good Follow me What’s this
    The teacher writes down the sentence What’s this on the blackboard
    T Now you ask I answer
    Ss What’s this
    T It’s a pencil ruler crayon…
    Show the picture of a dog on the PPT(出示课件)
    T What’s this
    Ss 狗
    T Yes It’s a dog
    The teacher writes down the word dog on the blackboard
    T Woof woof It’s a dog Read after me dʌg dog ↗
    dog↘
    Teaching purpose
    通听鸭子声引出新单词duck变换学形式激发学生学兴趣
    Students read the word dog and the sentence It’s a dog after the teacher
    (3) Teach the word duck
    The teacher plays the recording of the sound that a duck makes (出示课件)
    T Listen What’s this A dog
    Ss No
    T (Show the picture of a duck) A duck
    Ss Yes
    The teacher writes down the word duck on the blackboard
    T Quack quack It’s a duck Read after me dʌk duck↗ duck↘
    Teaching purpose
    通猜猜摸摸方式引出新单词bear次变换形式学生始终保持浓厚学兴趣
    Students read the word duck and the sentence It’s a duck after the teacher
    (4) Teach the word bear
    The teacher shows a box to students Let students guess what’s in the box
    T Look I have a box What’s in the box You can touch it

    Ss …
    T (Take out the toy bear) What’s this It’s a bear Read after me beə(r) bear↗bear↘
    The teacher writes down the word bear on the blackboard
    Students read the word bear and the sentence It’s a bear after the teacher
    2 Look and say
    (1) Show the first picture of Let’s talk

    Teaching purpose
    学课文话环节提供语言支架逐步掉支架学生学操练句型回答问题发挥表演等种形式降低学难度时培养学生观察力逻辑思维力
    T Look Wu Yifan and Mike What are they doing They are playing games in the classroom Wu Yifan is making animals with his hands He is making animals on the wall What’s this on the wall
    Ss It’s a duck
    T Good
    (2) Show the second picture of Let’s talk

    T Look what’s this Who wants to be Wu Yifan
    S1 What’s this
    Ss It’s a dog
    T Cool
    (3) Show the third picture of Let’s talk

    T Look what are they talking about Please work in pairs One acts Wu Yifan The other one acts Mike
    Let students work in pairs and then have a show The teacher gives the assessment at last
    (4) Show the last picture of Let’s talk(课件出示:教材P38 Let’s talk板块第四幅图)
    T Who is that
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演进步加深学生话理解新学单词句型掌握
    Ss Zoom
    T Oh it’s Zoom
    3 Read and act
    (1) The teacher plays the cartoon(课件出示:教材P38 Let’s talk板块动画)Ask students to watch the cartoon and read after it Let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the dialogue in pairs and then wear the headdresses to act out the dialogue in class
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Make a chant
    Teaching purpose
    朗朗口chant形式帮助学生巩固新知学生韵律中回合层次操练断加强新知记忆
    The teacher gives an example to students Then let students make a chant together

    Teaching purpose
    通手影游戏问答间进步加深学生句型动物单词理解时课堂教学充满趣味性
    2 Let’s play
    (1) Show the pictures of duck dog bear one by one(出示课件)
    Do the hand shadows and imitate the sounds of the three animals Let students ask and answer with the sentence structures —What’s this —It’s a duck dog bear
    (2) Pair work
    Let students work in pairs to practice the dialogue of Let’s play
    (3) Show time
    Ask one student to come to the front and imitate the sounds of the animals and the other students guess by saying It’s a…
    S1 Woof Woof What’s this
    Ss It’s a dog

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 What is on the farm


    Teaching purpose
    导入环节学生聆听Old MacDonald首歌拓展环节次围绕MacDonald农场创设语音情境重点句型进行拓展操练首尾应学生找出隐藏农场中动物够极调动学生积极性

    Show the picture of old MacDonald and his farm on the PPT(课件出示:MacDonald农场)Students can see part of the dog duck bear in the picture
    T(课件出示:狗吃狗粮) Look What’s this
    Ss It’s a dog
    T Wow you are so clever (课件出示:鸭子脚印) What’s this
    Ss It’s a duck
    T (课件出示: 熊躲树洞里露出尾巴) Look What’s this
    Ss It’s a bear
    2 Practice in pairs and show in class
    Students practice the sentence structures —What’s this — It’s a… in pairs
    S1 (Point to the picture of the dog on the farm) Look What’s this
    S2 It’s a dog
    S1 (Point to the…) Look What’s this
    S2 …
    The teacher chooses several pairs of students to show their dialogues in class and gives some stickers to the students who do a good job

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Practice the sentence structures by playing the hand shadow game with your family members
    3 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 教学设计精心巧妙层层递进易难易操作始终学生保持浓厚学兴趣
    2 新知学联系旧知旧引新降低学生学难度帮助学生更理解学知识
    3 板书设计配合图片展示目然重点突出课堂教学起辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue with correct
    pronunciation and intonation
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures —What’s this —It’s a… to get information of animals in context with the help of the teacher and the pictures
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to consolidate the words duck dog bear and the sentence structures —What’s this
    ·—It’s a… through the hand shadow game and other activities
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue with correct
    pronunciation and intonation
    ·Be able to understand and say the sentences —What’s this —It’s a duck dog bear
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures —What’s this —It’s a… to ask and answer the name of
    the animals correctly in real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy the song—Old MacDonald
    3 Listen and do
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen to the song
    3 Show the stationery according to the teacher’s instructions
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of this unit Review the words about stationery which students have learned
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new sentence structures and words
    (1) Teach the new sentence structure It’s a…
    (2) Teach the new sentence structure What’s this and the word dog
    (3) Teach the word duck
    (4) Teach the word bear
    (1) Learn the new sentence structure It’s a… by some stationery
    (2) Learn the new sentence structure What’s this and the word dog
    (3) Learn the word duck
    (4) Learn the word bear
    Create a good English learning atmosphere Lead students to understand and learn the new sentence structures and words through different learning ways
    2 Look and say
    Show the pictures of Let’s talk one by one and teach the dialogue step by step
    Observe the pictures and talk about them with the teacher Learn the dialogue
    Lead students to learn new sentence structures gradually Reduce the difficulty of learning And cultivate students’ observation and logical thinking ability
    3 Read and act
    Play the cartoon
    Read the dialogue after the cartoon and read by themselves Practice the dialogue in pairs and act it out
    Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently Deepen their understanding of the dialogue
    Practice
    1 Make a chant
    Give an example
    Make a chant together
    Use the chant to arouse students’ learning interest Practice the key words and sentence structures by the interesting games
    2 Let’s play
    Show the pictures one by one Do the hand shadows and imitate the sounds
    Follow the teacher to ask and answer with the sentence structures —What’s this — It’s a duck dog bear
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 What is on the farm
    Show some pictures and ask some questions
    Look at the pictures and answer the questions
    Create the language environment with old MacDonald’s farm to echo with the beginning and arouse students’ great interest in practicing the new sentence structures
    2 Let students work in pairs and show in class
    Give some stickers to the students who do a good job
    Work in pairs to practice the sentence structures and show in class
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Practice the sentence structures by playing the hand shadow game with your family members
    3 Do the exercises

    The second period(第二课时)
    Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读五动物单词pig bear cat duck dog
    ·够解五动物单词书写形式
    Let’s chant
    ·够通朗读歌谣动物单词音义进行巩固操练初步感知形容词意义
    ·够利读音规拼读新单词
    ▶教学重点
    够听说认读五动物单词pig bear cat duck dog
    ▶教学难点
    够解五动物单词书写形式利读音规拼读新单词
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频动物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离营造愉快学氛围时复关招呼句型面环节做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    T Good morning Boys and girls
    Ss Good morning Miss Mr…
    T S1 how are you
    S1 …
    T Hello what’s your name
    S2 …
    Teaching purpose
    通呈现动物尾巴脚印学生迅速说出动物名称集中学生注意力营造良学氛围复节课单词句型时课学做铺垫

    2 Sharp eyes
    The teacher shows the pictures of the tails and footprints of duck bear dog on the PPT (课件出示:次快速出示鸭子熊狗尾巴脚印图片)Students respond to the teacher with the sentence structure It’s a… quickly
    T Look at the PPT What’s this
    Ss It’s a duck bear dog
    3 Listen and do

    T Show me your pencil ruler crayon…
    Students show the stationery according to the teacher’s instructions
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    Teaching purpose
    手影动物身体部分声脚印简笔画方式引出五动物单词先学生通chant感知读音规通字母换训练学生然拼读力通TPR教学法学生动口动手动眼动脑调动全身感官投入英语学中提高学效率
    (1) Teach the words cat fat
    T I can make an animal with my hands Look what’s this
    (The teacher makes a cat with his her hands)
    Ss 猫
    T Yes It’s a cat
    Show a picture of a cat on the PPT(出示课件)
    T æt kæt cat Follow me Meow meow cat
    Ss Meow meow cat
    (The teacher checks students’ pronunciation one by one)
    T Look at the cat It becomes fat(课件出示:鼠标点击猫图片猫逐渐变胖图片方呈现cat—fat)
    T æt cat æt fat Fat fat fat Follow me It’s a fat cat
    Ss It’s a fat cat
    T Now let’s make a chant

    Students follow the teacher and repeat the chant
    (2) Teach the words pig big
    Show a picture of a pig’s tail on the PPT(出示课件)
    T Look what’s this A cat
    Ss No
    Show a picture of a little pig on the PPT(出示课件)
    T It’s a pig ɪg pig Follow me Oink oink pig
    Ss Oink oink pig
    (The teacher checks students’ pronunciation by the game High and low voice)
    T Look at the pig It becomes big(课件出示:鼠标点击猪图片猪逐渐变图片方呈现pig—big)
    T ɪg pig ɪg big Big big big Follow me It’s a big pig
    Ss It’s a big pig
    T Now let’s make a chant

    Students follow the teacher and repeat the chant
    (3) Teach the words dog log
    Play the recording of the sound that a dog makes(出示课件)
    T Listen What’s this
    Ss It’s a dog
    Show a picture of a dog on the PPT(出示课件)
    T Yes it’s a dog dɒg dog Follow me Woof woof dog
    Ss Woof woof dog
    (课件出示:鼠标点击狗图片狗方出现根圆木图片方呈现dog—log)
    T Change the first letter d of the word dog into l Who can read the new word
    S1 Log
    T Good A sticker for you It’s a log ɒg log Log log log Read after me The dog is on the log
    Ss The dog is on the log
    (4) Teach the words duck truck
    Show the footprint of a duck on the PPT (出示课件)
    T What’s this
    Ss It’s a duck
    Show a picture of a duck on the PPT(出示课件)
    T Great Follow me ʌk ʌk duck
    Ss ʌk ʌk duck
    (课件出示:鼠标点击鸭子图片鸭子出现辆货车里图片方呈现duck—truck)
    T Who can read it (The teacher points to the word truck)
    S2 Truck
    T Wonderful A sticker for you It’s a truck ʌk ʌk duck ʌk
    ʌk truck truck truck Read after me The duck is in the truck
    Ss The duck is in the truck
    (5) Teach the words bear pear
    T Now I will draw an animal on the blackboard Guess what it is The fastest one can get a sticker
    S3 It’s a bear
    T Nice job You can get a sticker
    Show a picture of a bear on the PPT(出示课件)

    T eə(r) eə(r) bear Follow me Growl growl bear
    Ss Growl growl bear
    T What’s this (The teacher points to the picture on the PPT)
    Ss It’s a bear
    (课件出示:鼠标点击熊图片梨子出现熊身图片方呈现bear—pear)
    T We know ear pronounces eə(r) Change the first letter b of the word bear into p Who can read the new word
    S4 Pear
    T Great You can get a sticker It’s a pear peə(r) pear Read after me The bear is on the pear
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词句子伴练中断加深单词读音记忆助手影表演正确说出单词巩固学句型
    Ss The bear is on the pear
    2 Read and act
    (1) Play the cartoon of Let’s learn(课件出示:教材P39 Let’s learn板块动画)Ask students to watch the cartoon and read after it Let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the words and the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the words and the dialogue in pairs and then act out the hand shadows of the five animals in class
    Step 3 Practice
    Teaching purpose
    通难度系数断升游戏学生学新词掌握越越操练chant难度断降低配合TPR活动激发维持学生学兴趣
    1 What is missing
    Present the pictures of the five animals on the PPT at a time (课件出示:猪熊猫鸭子狗五张图片时出现次机中张图片消失) Then ask students to find out the missing animal and say the word quickly
    2 What is this
    The teacher chooses one student to come to the front and wears the headdress for him her Then the student guesses what this is
    Ss What is this
    S1 It’s a dog
    Ss No
    S1 It’s a pig
    Ss No
    S1 It’s a duck
    Ss Yes
    (The teacher can choose three or four students to play the game)
    3 Let’s chant
    (1) Watch the video and guess the meaning
    The teacher plays the video of Let’s chant (课件出示:教材P39 Let’s chant板块视频) Students watch the video and guess the meaning of the chant
    (2) Listen look and point
    T Class let’s listen to the recording again This time you should listen and point to the pictures For example If you hear Look at the cat It is fat you should point to the picture of cat OK
    Ss OK
    (3) Listen and chant
    T Now let’s chant together after the recording Are you ready Let’s go
    Ss …
    Teaching purpose
    通创编chant创设动物聚会情景学生结合学句型表达培养学生发散性思维课呈现爱动物视频培养学生热爱动物保护动物意识
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Make a new chant
    Ask students to make a new chant with the key words as the demonstration

    2 Welcome to the animals’ party
    T The animals are having a party in the zoo Do you want to join them Five students can come to the front You can wear the headdresses and say like these
    Hello I’m a dog Good morning I’m a cat How are you I’m a bear
    3 Watch a video about animals
    T You are so great At last let’s enjoy a video about animals Look at the animals They are so cute We must love the animals (课件出示:段关动物视频)

    ▶板书设计



    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Sing the chant to your family members
    3 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1TPR教学法适合课教学整节课活泼生动学生积极参课堂中
    2课涉单词读音规教师利机会然拼读法进行渗透学生尝试拼读单词单词学基础
    3课涉单词较Let’s talk板块已学duck bear dog课教学中花点时间新词pig cat操练
    4板书设计简洁明课堂教学起辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words pig bear cat duck dog
    ·Be able to know the spellings of the words
    Let’s chant
    ·Be able to consolidate the pronunciation and the meanings of the words about animals and initially perceive the meanings of some adjectives by singing the chant
    ·Be able to read the new words according to the pronunciation rules
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the new words pig bear cat duck dog
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to know the spellings of the words and read the new words according to the pronunciation rules
    ▶Teaching Procedures

    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sharp eyes
    Show some pictures on the PPT
    3 Listen and do
    Give instructions
    1 Greetings
    2 Review the words and the sentence structures by observing the tails and footprints of duck bear dog
    3 Show the stationery according to the teacher’s instructions
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning Review the words and the sentence structures that students have learned in last lesson and prepare for the following study
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    (1) Teach the words cat fat
    (2) Teach the words pig big
    (3) Teach the words dog log
    (4) Teach the words duck truck
    (5) Teach the words bear pear
    (1) Learn the words cat fat and repeat the chant
    (2) Learn the words pig big and repeat the chant
    (3) Learn the words dog log
    (4) Learn the words duck truck
    (5) Learn the words bear pear
    By using different methods lead students to master the new words and sentences Let students perceive the pronunciation rules first and then teach students to use the phonics to read the new words
    2 Read and act
    (1) Play the cartoon of Let’s learn
    (2) Let students read the words and the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice in pairs and act out the hand shadows in class
    (1) Watch the cartoon and read after it
    (2) Read the words and the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Practice the words and the dialogue in pairs and act out the hand shadows of the five animals
    Make sure that students can read the words and the sentences correctly and fluently Consolidate the memory of the words and the sentence structures through the practice and the hand shadow show
    Practice
    1 What is missing?
    Present the pictures on the PPT
    Find out the missing animals and say the words quickly
    Use the games and the TPR activity to arouse and maintain students’ interest in learning Practice and consolidate the key words and sentences
    2 What is this
    Guess what animal this is
    3 Let’s chant
    Play the video of Let’s chant
    (1) Watch the video and guess the meaning of the chant
    (2) Listen look and point
    (3) Listen and chant
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Make a new chant
    Make a new chant about the animals as the demonstration
    Develop students’ comprehensive ability of using English Cultivate students’ awareness of loving and protecting animals
    2 Welcome to the animals’ party
    Wear the headdresses and introduce themselves as an animal
    3 Play a video about animals
    Watch the video about animals
    Homework
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Sing the chant to your family members
    3 Do the exercises


    The third period(第三课时)
    Part A Letters and sounds

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Letters and sounds
    ·够听说读写字母Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn
    ·够初步掌握五辅音字母作单词首字母时发音
    ▶教学重点
    够听说读写字母Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn
    ▶教学难点
    够掌握五辅音字母笔相关例词发音
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    游戏chant形式复已学字母激发学生学字母兴趣时接新课学做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    T Hi boys and girls
    Ss Hello Miss Mr…
    T Good morning
    Ss Good morning
    T Let’s play letter games OK
    Ss OK
    2 Letter games
    (1) Find out the adjacent letters
    T (Show the letter card D to students) Look If I show you D you should say C and E loudly OK
    Ss OK
    (The teacher shows different letter cards Students say the adjacent letters)
    (2) Sort the letters
    (There are two groups of disordered letters A~I on the blackboard The teacher asks a boy and a girl to compete to sort the letters from A to I The other students are the judges The faster one is the winner)

    T Now I need a boy and a girl to come to the front to sort the letters from A to I The faster one can get a sticker Who wants to have a try
    Ss …
    3 Let’s chant
    T Now let’s chant and do some actions

    Teaching purpose
    学生寻找生活中五辅音字母形状相似物品增强字母学趣味性强化学生记忆字母教学单词教学相结合融入语音知识引导学生探究字母单词中发音规通反复操练学生理解掌握五辅音字母作单词首字母时发音注重培养学生读模仿力
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the new letters
    (1) Teach the letter Jj
    Show the letter card J
    T Look at the card I see J Follow me please J J J
    Lead students to read it Then let students find out Jshaped things in their daily lives
    T Can you say something that looks like J
    (Students can say them in Chinese)
    S1 鱼钩
    S2 伞柄

    T You are so clever
    (课件出示:辆吉普车图片)
    T Look this is a jeep J dʒ jeep J dʒ jeep
    Students follow the teacher and practice
    (课件出示:吉普车里跳出青蛙图片)
    T Look the frog is jumping J dʒ jump J dʒ jump The pronunciation of the letter Jj in the two words is the same It pronounces dʒ Jj Jj Jj dʒ dʒ dʒ jeep jump
    Students read after the teacher and practice several times
    (2) Teach the letter Kk
    Show the letter card K
    T Look This is the letter K Follow me please K K K
    Ss K K K
    T Well done
    (课件出示:风筝天空中图片)
    T Look this is a kite K k kite K k kite
    Students follow the teacher and practice
    (课件出示:Kate放风筝图片)
    T Look Kate is flying a kite K k Kate K k Kate The pronunciation of the letter Kk in the two words is the same It pronounces k Kk Kk Kk k k k kite Kate
    Students read after the teacher and practice several times
    T Now I say Kate or kite and you say Kk I say Kk and you say Kate or kite OK
    Ss OK

    (3) Teach the letter Ll
    Show the letter card L
    T Look This is the letter L L L L
    Lead students to read it Then let students find out Lshaped things they are familiar with
    T Can you say something that looks like L
    (Students can say them in Chinese)
    S1 锄头

    T You are so smart (Take out a long ruler) Look The ruler is long L l long L l long
    Students follow the teacher and practice
    (课件出示:火烈鸟图片)
    T Look The legs of the flamingo are very long too L l leg L l leg The pronunciation of the letter Ll in the two words is the same It pronounces l Ll Ll Ll l l l long leg
    Students read after the teacher and practice several times
    T Now I say long or leg and you say Ll I say Ll and you say long or leg OK
    Ss OK

    (4) Teach the letter Mm
    Show the letter card M
    T Look This is the letter M M M M
    Lead students to read it Then let students draw Mshaped things they are familiar with
    T Can you draw something that looks like M (Give an example to students first such as drawing two mountains)
    Let students draw some other things that look like M


    T Good job
    (课件出示:抱着婴妈妈图片)
    T Look this is the baby’s mum M m mum M m mum
    Students follow the teacher and practice
    (课件出示:妈妈正喝牛奶图片)
    T Look Mum is drinking milk M m milk M m milk The pronunciation of the letter Mm in the two words is the same It pronounces m Mm Mm Mm m m m mum milk
    Students read after the teacher and practice several times
    T Who wants to be the little teacher Now you say milk or mum and the others say Mm You say Mm and the others say milk or mum
    S1 Let me try

    (5) Teach the letter Nn
    Show the letter card N
    T Look This is the letter N N N N
    Lead students to read it Then let students draw Nshaped things they are familiar with
    T Can you draw something that looks like N (Give an example to students first such as drawing a door)
    Let students draw some other things that look like N

    T Well done
    (课件出示:Zoom鼻子图片)
    T Look this is the nose of Zoom N n nose N n nose
    Students follow the teacher and practice
    (课件出示:Zoom正面条图片)
    T Look Zoom is staring at the noodles N n noodles N n noodles The pronunciation of the letter Nn in the two words is the same It pronounces n Nn Nn Nn n n n nose noodles
    Students read after the teacher and practice several times
    T Please work in pairs One says nose or noodles and the other says Nn One says Nn and the other says nose or noodles OK
    Ss OK

    2 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the video(课件出示:教材P40 Listen repeat and chant视频)
    Teaching purpose
    朗朗口韵律诗学生充满兴趣帮助学生正确语音发音巩固新学容
    Ask students to read after the video Let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    Show the chant of Listen repeat and chant
    T Turn to page 40 Let’s listen and chant together

    Teaching purpose
    引导学生观察图片图片进行预测降低学难度通听音圈出听字母巩固新知补充首字母形式学生进步单词中操练新学字母
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    (1) Present the pictures and talk about them(课件出示:教材P40 Listen and circle图片)
    T Look what’s in Picture 1
    Ss A jeep
    T You are right How about Picture 2
    Ss A leg
    T (Point to the picture of the kite) Who can tell me What’s this
    S1 A kite
    T Wonderful Next one
    S2 Milk
    T Great The last one
    S3 Zoom’s nose
    T Cool
    (2) Play the recording(课件出示:教材P40 Listen and circle音频)
    T Now let’s listen and circle the first letter of the word you hear For example if you hear jeep you should circle j
    (3) Check the answers with students
    (Answers j l k m n)
    2 Play a game—What’s missing
    Show some pictures and the words on the PPT Let students find out the missing letter in each word and fill in the blanks


    Check the answers together
    Teaching purpose
    巩固环节引导学生四线三格中正确书写字母培养学生规范英文书写惯游戏形式进步加强学生字母理解认识字母操增强字母语音知识趣味性
    (Answers j k l m n)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Write and say
    Write down the letters Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn on the blackboard step by step
    Ask students to write them down in their exercise books in the correct stroke order
    Choose some students to write on the blackboard Let students pay attention to the correct writing form of the letters
    2 Practice the letters and the related words
    (1) Prepare five letter cards of Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn Choose one student to come to the front Let the student hold up the cards one by one The other students read aloud the letters quickly
    (2) Pair work
    The teacher leads students to practice the related words in pairs One student says a word and the other student says the first letter of the word and writes it with hisher finger The teacher gives an example first
    T Jeep
    S1 Jj (Use the finger to write the letter Jj)
    T Long
    S1 Ll (Use the finger to write the letter Ll)

    3 Do the alphabet exercises
    Play a video about the alphabet (J K L M N) exercises (课件出示:字母操视频J~N片段)Students follow it to sing and do

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the chant of this lesson
    2 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1利TPR教学法进行字母教学活跃课堂氛围帮助学生巩固知识
    2教学活动学生体培养学生学力充分发挥学生学动性
    3活动设计丰富彩较激发学生学热情时效提升学生核心素养
    4板书设计具规范性提醒学生注意字母书写细节写字母K写字母k区学生正确书写惯养成良基础




    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Letters and sounds
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of these five consonants as the first letter in words
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the spellings of these five consonants and the pronunciation of the related words
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Letter games
    3 Let’s chant
    1 Greetings
    2 Letter games
    (1) Find out the adjacent letters
    (2) Sort the letters
    3 Chant and do some actions
    Use the letter games and the chant to create a pleasant learning environment Review the letters that have learned and lay a good foundation for the next step
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new letters Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn
    Show the letter cards Ask students to find out or draw things that look like the letters Teach the pronunciation of the letters in the related words
    Learn the new letters Find out or draw things that look like the letters Learn the pronunciation of the letters in the related words
    Combine the teaching of letters with the teaching of words Lead students to experience and find out the pronunciation rules of the letters in different words Let students master the pronunciation of these five consonants as the first letter in words Develop students’ autonomous learning ability
    2 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the video Let students read after the video Show the chant
    Read after the video and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Then listen and chant together
    The chant not only makes students full of interest in learning but also helps students pronounce correctly and consolidate the new learning content
    Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    (1) Present the pictures and talk with students
    (2) Play the recording Let students listen and circle the letters
    (3) Check the answers
    Talk about the pictures Listen and circle the letters Check the answers with the teacher
    Lead students to observe the pictures Reduce the difficulty of learning Use games to arouse students’ interest in learning and consolidate students’ learning of the pronunciation of the letters
    2 Play a game—What’s missing
    Show some pictures and the words on the PPT Let students find out the missing letter in each word and fill in the blanks
    Find out the missing letter in each word and fill in the blanks
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Write and say
    Write down the letters Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn on the blackboard step by step
    Practice the writing of the letters
    Lead students to write the letters correctly to cultivate students’ correct writing habit Strengthen the understanding of the letters through the game Use the alphabet exercises to make the phonetic learning more interesting
    2 Practice the letters and the related words
    (1)Prepare five letter cards
    (2)Pair work
    Lead students to practice the related words in pairs
    Practice the letters and the related words through the letter games
    3 Do the alphabet exercises
    Play a video
    Follow the video to sing and do
    Homework
    1 Practice the chant of this lesson
    2 Do the exercises

    The fourth period(第四课时)
    Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
    ·够语境中区分运What’s thisWhat’s that
    Let’s play
    ·够语境中运句型—What’s that —It’s…远处物品进行询问作答
    ▶教学重点
    1 够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
    2 够掌握运新句型—What’s that —It’s…
    ▶教学难点
    够语境中区分运What’s thisWhat’s that
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频教学挂图动物头饰动物图片玩具远镜等
    Teaching purpose
    复前学chant活跃课堂气氛通影子猜动物导入环节渗透guess提醒学生注意提问语调接新课做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls
    Ss Hello Miss Mr…

    2 Let’s chant
    Show the chant of Let’s chant on page 39 (课件出示:教材P39 Let’s chant板块相关容)
    Let students chant together
    3 A guessing game
    Show the shadows of the animals on the PPT(出示课件)Let students guess what they are as fast as possible
    T Guess What’s this You can ask me like this A dog ↗(Remind students to pay attention to the intonation They should read with the rising tone)
    S1 A… ↗
    Teaching purpose
    环节中模糊动物影子呈现清晰动物图片实物导入环节然渡授新环节距离远学生感知What’s thisWhat’s that法差异组示范学生行操练句型进行总结检测学生掌握情况

    T No Yes

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the sentence What’s that
    T (Point to the picture of a dog on the PPT) What’s this
    Ss It’s a dog
    (Lift the telescope and point to a toy pig at the back of the classroom)
    T Look What’s that
    Ss It’s a pig
    (Put a toy duck on the teacher’s desk Take a toy bear and walk to a student who sits far from the teacher’s desk)
    T (Point to the toy bear) S1 what’s this
    S1 A bear
    T (Point to the toy duck on the teacher’s desk) LookWhat’s that
    S1 It’s a duck
    Write down the sentence structures —What’s that —It’s… on the blackboard Let students practice the sentence structures —What’s this that —It’s… with some other objects
    T Can you tell me the difference between What’s this and What’s that
    Ss … (They can speak in Chinese)
    Teaching purpose
    利Mike妹妹马戏情景然引出学句型意识Cool评价学生表达赞扬欣赏步呈现做铺垫
    2 Let’s talk
    (1) Play the video of Let’s talk(出示课件)
    T Let’s watch the video of Let’s talk and think about the question What are they talking about Colours or animals
    Ss They are talking about animals
    (2) Teach the sentences —A bear —No It’s a panda
    (课件出示:教材P41 Let’s talk板块第幅图)
    T Look They are Mike and his sister What do they see
    Show the outline of a panda on the PPT(出示课件)
    T Guess Can you say like this
    Write down the sentence A ______ ↗ on the blackboard
    Ss A bear cat dog
    T No Let’s have a look
    Show a picture of a panda on the PPT (出示课件)
    T & Ss It’s a panda
    Write down the sentence It’s a panda on the blackboard
    T The panda is black and white Read after me Panda ↗panda ↘It’s a panda
    Teaching purpose
    通视频学生理解funny意思然拼读法进行教读PPT动画呈现动物趣片段学生进步理解funny含义输出句型呈现文狗图片学生视野拉回情景中学句子Cool I like it
    Students follow the teacher
    (3) Teach the sentence Look A funny dog
    Show a video of a panda (出示课件)
    T Look The panda is so funny Read after me fʌni funny ↗funny ↘ A funny panda Who wants to act like a funny panda
    One student acts like a panda The teacher emphasizes the word funny
    Write down the sentence Look A funny panda on the blackboard
    The teacher shows some other funny animals (except a funny dog) on the PPT (出示课件) Students can say A funny…
    (课件出示:滑稽狗图片)
    T Look what do you see
    Ss A funny dog
    T Cool Read after me A funny dog
    (4) Teach the sentence Cool I like it
    (课件出示:教材P41 Let’s talk板块第二幅图片)
    T Do you like this funny dog
    Ss Yes
    T Oh cool I like it too Follow me Mike→ like (Do an action of like) Cool I like it
    Write down the sentence Cool I like it on the blackboard
    T (Take out some animal stickers) What animal do you like best
    S1 I like dogs
    T (Pass a dog sticker to S1) Here you are You can say Cool I like it
    S1 Cool I like it
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演

    3 Read and act
    (1) Play the video (课件出示:教材P41 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students read after the video and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the dialogue in pairs and act it out
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s chant
    Adapt the text into a chant Lead students to clap their hands and chant


    Teaching purpose
    课文容chant形式汇编起朗朗口韵律中帮助学生巩固学知识加深理解记忆


    2 Let’s play
    Teaching purpose
    通猜猜游戏学生操练核心句型面拓展活动做准备
    (1) Give an example to students
    The teacher hides a picture of an animal behind his her back and makes a dialogue with a student
    S1 What’s that
    T Guess
    S1 A…
    T Yes No It’s a…
    S1 Cool I like it
    T Thanks
    Let students work in pairs Imitate the dialogue and try to make their own dialogues
    (2) Show time
    Ask some pairs to show their dialogues in class
    Teaching purpose
    创设真实情景学生起话筒屏幕动物进行解说介绍学生产生想表达强烈意愿学生学会语境中运节课学句型
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Play a game—I am the host
    (1) Show a TV programme—Animal World(课件出示:动物嬉戏视频然画面定格猪熊猫鸭子狗熊猫等动物图片)
    Make an example with a student
    T & S1 Welcome to Animal World We are the hosts of this programme
    T Look What’s that
    S1 It’s a…
    T Look A fat cat
    S1 Cool I like it
    (2) Let students work in pairs to act as the hosts and show in class

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a new dialogue
    3 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1课难点What’s thisWhat’s that两句型较运摆放位置实物效帮助学生理解
    2课句型较利课提供情景步步引导学生理解句话意义结合课时话题创设新情景重点句型进行操练取错效果
    3环节间渡然循序渐进符合学生年龄特点认知水潜移默化提高学生核心素养


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue with correct
    pronunciation and intonation
    ·Be able to understand the difference between the sentencesWhat’s thisandWhat’s thatand use them in context
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures—What’s that —It’s…to ask and answer the distant objects correctly in context
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation
    ·Be able to master and use the new sentence structures —What’s that —It’s…
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to understand the difference between the sentences What’s this and What’s that and use them in context
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s chant
    3 A guessing game
    Show the shadows of the animals on the PPT
    1 Greetings
    2 Chant together
    3 Guess what animals they are as fast as possible
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning and review the words and the sentences they have learned Prepare for the next step
    Presentation
    1 Teach the sentence What’s that
    Answer the teacher’s questions
    Summarize the difference between What’s this andWhat’s that
    Let students understand the difference between What’s this and What’s that through the real objects
    2 Let’s talk
    Play the video Teach the sentences —A bear —No It’s a panda Look A funny dog Cool I like it in different ways
    Watch the video Learn the new words and sentences
    Attract students’ interest in learning by creating interesting situations Help students learn the new knowledge more easily
    3 Read and act
    Play the video
    Read after the video Read the dialogue by themselves Practice the dialogue in pairs and act it out in class
    Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Let’s chant
    Adapt the text into a chant
    Clap hands and chant with the teacher
    Adapt a chant to help students practice the key words and sentence structures
    2 Let’s play
    (1) Give an example to students
    (2) Show time
    (1) Work in pairs and make their own dialogues
    (2) Show their dialogues in class
    Practice the key sentence structures through a guessing game Get ready for the next step
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Play a game—I am the host
    Show a video and make an example with a student
    (1)Watch the video
    (2)Work in pairs to act as the hosts and show in class
    Use a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Improve students’ enthusiasm of expression Encourage students to join in the game
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a new dialogue
    3 Do the exercises
    The fifth period(第五课时)
    Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听辨认读图片中单词elephant monkey bird tiger panda zoo书写形式
    Let’s do
    ·够听懂指示语Act like a…够指令做出相应动作
    ▶教学重点
    够听说认读单词elephant monkey bird tiger panda zoo
    ▶教学难点
    够正确区分aan法
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频动物图片动物头饰动物玩具等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离歌曲营造愉快学氛围通听声音猜动物名称帮助学生复前面学动物单词面单词学做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Good morning boys and girls
    Ss Good morning Miss Mr…
    2 Sing the song—Old MacDonald
    Play the song(出示课件)Let students follow it to sing
    3 Listen and guess
    T Oink Oink What’s this
    Teaching purpose
    创设ZoomZip观察动物园情景逐引出课学单词通听音脚印说颜色猜动物出示部分身体部位等种形式呈现新单词模仿动作时初教师带领学做学生发挥充分发挥学生性
    Ss It’s a pig
    T Woof Woof What’s this
    Ss It’s a dog

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    (1) Teach the word zoo
    Show the picture of Zoom and Zip in Let’s learn on the PPT (出示课件)
    T Look who are they
    Ss Zoom and Zip
    T Guess What are they looking at
    Ss …
    T(课件出示:zoo标志动物园图片)Look they are looking at the zoo oou zoozu (Write down the word zoo on the blackboard) Follow me zoo zoo zoo Students repeat the word and practice it in groups
    (2) Teach the word bird
    Play the recording of the sound that a bird makes(出示课件)
    T Listen who is singing in the zoo
    Ss 鸟
    T Good it’s a bird (Write down the word bird on the blackboard) Follow me bɜːd Bird↗bird↘
    Ask students to pay attention to the pronunciation of the letter combination ir which pronounces ɜː Let students practice the word row by row
    Show a picture of a bird on the PPT(出示课件)Walk far away from the teacher’s desk and point to the PPT
    T S1 look What’s that
    S1 It’s a bird
    T (Do the action) I can act like a bird Boys and girls follow me Act like a bird
    Ss (Do the action) Act like a bird
    Let students practice it row by row
    (3) Teach the word tiger
    Show the footprints of a tiger(出示课件)
    T Look at the footprints Is it a duck
    Ss No
    T What’s that
    Ss A dog cat
    T(课件出示:老虎图片) Look it’s a tiger (Write down the word tiger on the blackboard) Read after me taɪgə(r) Tiger tiger tiger
    Lead students to read the word tiger and practice it in high and low voice
    T (Do the action) I can act like a tiger Boys and girls follow me Act like a tiger
    Ss (Do the action) Act like a tiger
    (4) Teach the word panda
    The teacher wears the headdress of Zoom and puts a telescope in front of his her right eye
    T Look I am Zoom I want to see the animals in the zoo (Pretend to be looking at something) Oh I see an animal It’s black and white It is fat What’s that
    Ss 熊猫
    T Yes It’s a panda (Write down the word panda on the blackboard) Follow me pændə Panda ↗panda↘
    Lead students to read the word panda several times
    T Who can act like a panda
    S1 (Do the action) Act like a panda
    T Boys and girls follow him her Act like a panda
    Ss (Do the action) Act like a panda
    (5) Teach the word monkey
    Show a tail of a monkey on the PPT(出示课件)
    T A tail What’s that
    S1 A tiger
    S2 A monkey?
    T Yes It’s a monkey (Write down the word monkey on the blackboard) Follow me ʌmʌŋki Monkey ↗monkey↘Students practice it line by line
    T Act like a monkey
    Ss (Do the action) Act like a monkey
    (6) Teach the word elephant
    Show a nose of an elephant on the PPT(出示课件)
    T What’s that
    Ss象
    T It’s an elephant (Write down the word elephant on the blackboard) Follow me e e elephant
    Ss e e elephant
    T Cool Act like an elephant
    Ss (Do the action) Act like an elephant
    Remind students that we can say a monkeybirdtigerpanda but we should say an elephant
    T We should say an… if a word begins with a vowel sound for example an elephant an apple(课件出示:an elephant an apple图片)We should say a… if a word begins with a consonant sound for example a dog a cat(课件出示:a dog a cat图片)
    T Now I say the animal word and you say a… or an… OK
    Ss OK
    T Panda
    Ss A panda
    T Elephant
    Ss An elephant

    (课件出示:动物单词两房子标a标an)
    T Look Can you take the animals home For example we can say a panda an elephant Who wants to have a try
    Two students come to the front and finish the exercises on the PPT
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词句子
    The teacher and the other students check the answers together
    2 Read and act
    (1) Play the recording of Let’s learn (课件出示:教材P42 Let’s learn板块音频)
    Ask students to read after the recording Let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the words and the sentences by themselves
    Teaching purpose
    词句教师引导渡学生教师合作学生输出难度层层递增学生梯度活动中断巩固学单词句型
    (3) Ask some students to the front to read the words and the sentences in class Check if they read correctly and fluently
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and touch
    Two students are invited to the front After the teacher says a word two students touch the word on the blackboard quickly The others repeat the word The words are said faster and faster The winner can get two stickers
    2 A guessing game
    The teacher hides a picture of an animal behind hisher back The picture will be shown to students if someone says the right answer The winner can get a sticker and be the little teacher
    T Guess What’s that
    S1 It’s a panda
    T No
    S2 It’s a dog
    T No

    3 Pair work
    (1) Let students work in pairs to ask and answer with each other
    T Take out and show me your pictures of animals Now you can ask and answer with your partners
    S1 What’s that
    S2 It’s a an…
    S2 What’s that
    S1 It’s a an…
    Teaching purpose
    TPR教学法学生做中玩玩中做极提升学生学热情时巩固节课学新单词指令语
    (2) Show time
    Ask some pairs to come to the front and have a show
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Let’s do
    (1) Show some pictures of different animals one by one (出示课件) Let students say the words through the pictures
    T(Show the picture of a bird)You can say like this Act like a bird Bird bird bird
    (Show the picture of a tiger)
    Ss Act like a tiger Tiger tiger tiger

    (2) Do the actions and say the instructions
    Students do and say as the teacher does
    Play the video of Let’s do (出示课件) Ask students to practice after the video
    Teaching purpose
    课堂学生进行情感教育推荐课时题相关绘利培养学生热爱阅读良惯阅读中陶冶情操
    (3) Divide the whole class into five groups The teacher says the instructions and the groups act accordingly at once The group which does the actions the fastest and most tidily wins
    2 Introduce the picture books about animals
    Enjoy the song—Brown bear brown bear what do you see
    T Class do you love animals
    Ss Yes
    T I love animals We love animals Now let’s enjoy the song—Brown bear brown bear what do you see (课件出示:歌曲视频)
    Students watch the video and listen to the song
    T(课件出示:两绘事相关介绍) After class you can read the picture books Brown bear brown bear what do you see and Good night gorilla

    ▶板书设计




    ▶作业设计
    1 Read the words and the sentences
    2 Do the actions of Let’s do to your family members
    3 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1活动设计层次梯度易难充满趣味性便学生掌握
    2课单词教学中听音脚印说颜色猜动物出示部分身体部位等种方式呈现新单词形式样注重语音细节意识培养学生规范读音惯
    3介绍题相关绘拓展学生知识视野培养学生核心素养
    4板书设计条理清晰目然突出教学重点


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen and read the new words elephant monkey bird tiger panda zoo and know the writing form of these new words
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand the instructions Act like a… and do the actions according to the instructions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words elephant monkey bird tiger panda zoo
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to distinguish the usage of a and an correctly
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—Old MacDonald
    3 Listen and guess
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Listen to the sound and guess what animal it is
    Use a song to stimulate students’ interest in learning and help students review the words about animals by a guessing game
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    Teach the new word zoo with the picture
    Teach the new words bird tiger panda monkey elephant with the sound the footprints the tail and so on Do the corresponding actions with students
    Learn the new words and do the actions
    Arouse students’ interest in learning by creating a real situation Lead students to learn the new words about animals in different and interesting ways
    2 Read and act
    Play the recording of Let’s learn Check students’ pronunciation
    Read after the recording Read the words and the sentences by themselves And then read to the class
    Make sure that students can read the words and the sentences correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Listen and touch
    Touch the word they hear as fast as possible
    Use different activities to help students practice and consolidate the key words and sentence structures Help students achieve language output
    2 A guessing game
    Hide a picture behind hisher back
    Say what the animal is loudly and quickly
    3 Pair work
    Work in pairs to practice the dialogue Show it to the class
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Let’s do
    (1) Show some pictures of different animals one by one Let students say out the words through the pictures
    (2) Do the actions and say the instructions
    (3) Lead students to compete in groups
    Do and say as the teacher does Compete in groups
    Use TPR teaching method to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Develop students’ good habits of reading learning and thinking
    2 Introduce the picture books about animals
    Watch the video and listen to the song Learn about the two picture books about animals
    Homework
    1 Read the words and the sentences
    2 Do the actions of Let’s do to your family members
    3 Do the exercises
    The sixth period(第六课时)
    Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Start to read
    ·够找出听说读写图片中字母
    ·够熟练听说认读单元动物单词掌握书写形式
    Let’s check
    ·够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    Let’s sing
    ·够听懂唱歌曲学动物单词进行换练
    ▶教学重点
    复掌握单元学字母动物单词
    ▶教学难点
    够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件字母卡片单词卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    通复节课Let’s do板块中指令语句型What’s this?复单元学字母学生迅速投入英语课堂中
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s do
    The teacher says the instructions and students do the actions
    T Act like a an monkey bird tiger panda elephant…
    3 What’s this
    Show the letter card and ask What’s this
    Ss mNJl…
    Teaching purpose
    利观察图片找找说说方式复认读识单元字母
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Look and finish
    (1) Sharp eyes
    Show some cute pictures about the letters Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn on the PPT (出示课件)
    T Boys and girls Look at these pictures What letters can you see Please read them aloud
    Ss …

    (2) Find and say
    Show the picture of Find and say(课件出示:教材P43 Find and say图片)
    T Here is a beautiful picture We can see many beautiful things Wow Look I see a capital letter L (Point to the letter L) What letters do you see
    S1 I see…
    S2 I see…
    S3 I see…
    S4 I see k n j…

    Ask students to count the letters
    T How many capital letters JKLMN do you see
    Ss …
    T How many lowercase letters jklmn do you see
    Teaching purpose
    通动物图片单词卡片帮助学生复单元重点单词句型环节中教师进步放手学生接龙方式持续问答提高学生课堂参度
    Ss …
    2 Review the words about animals
    Show the pictures and the word cards about animals to students (出示课件) Ask students with What’s this and lead students to answer with the sentence structure It’s aan…
    T What’s this
    S1 It’s a… What’s this
    S2 It’s a… What’s this
    S3 It’s an…

    Teaching purpose
    学生读出见动物找出种动物应单词数做音形应巩固学单词句型
    3 Read and count
    Show the picture of Read and count (课件出示:教材P43 Read and count图片) Explain the meaning of the exercise and make a demonstration first Finally let students write down the numbers by themselves
    T Look (Point to the upper part of Read and count) What animals are there
    Ss Elephant cat bird dog pig and monkey
    T Let’s spell the words one by one OK
    Ss OK
    T Duck
    Ss DUCK duck
    T Good Dog
    Ss DOG dog
    T Great Pigcatbearelephantmonkeybirdtigerpanda
    Ss …
    Teaching purpose
    听听力前定先做预测学生准备听听力养成良听力惯开火车等种操练方式巩固单元重点句型动物单词
    T Oh the elephant eats two kinds of food What about the cat bird… Now finish the exercises by yourselves
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and number
    Show the pictures(课件出示:教材P44 Listen and number图片)
    Let students look at the four pictures Ask some questions and lead them to answer
    T What do you see in Picture 1
    S1 I see John
    S2 I see a monkey
    T What do you see in Picture 2
    S3 I see Sarah and Mike
    S4 I see a bird
    T What do you see in Picture 3 and Picture 4
    S5 I see a panda
    S6 I see a bear
    T OK What are they talking about Now let’s listen and number
    Then play the recording and let students finish the task (课件出示:教材P44 Listen and number音频)
    Check the answers together (课件出示:教材P44 Listen and number听力材料答案)
    2 Look and match
    Show the pictures (课件出示:教材P44 Look and match图片)
    Let students say the words about animals they have learned one by one first Then ask them to finish the task by themselves
    T Let’s say the words about animals one by one
    S1 Bird
    S2 Tiger
    Teaching purpose
    学生典童谣Old MacDonald旋律较熟悉通换单元学动物单词首歌更加丰富够培养锻炼学生创新思维时活跃学氛围学生收获成感愉悦氛围中结束堂课学
    S3 Dog

    T Well done Now please match the words to the pictures
    The teacher and students check the answers together (课件出示:教材P44 Look and match答案)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s sing
    (1)Play the video of the song for the first time(课件出示:教材P44 Let’s sing板块视频) Let students watch the video carefully
    T Let’s enjoy the song together If you can sing follow it please
    Ss …


    (2)Play the song again(出示课件)Lead students to wave hands and sing along with the video Let them practice in groups Invite some students to sing in the front and the others sing and wave hands with them
    (3)Make a new song
    Let students try to make a new song by replacing the words about animals Give an example:


    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing the song to your family members
    2 Read the story of Story time
    3 Do the exercises(见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1滚雪球方法学英语做旧带新新温旧
    2设置教学活动循序渐进符合学生认知力易学生接受掌握
    3歌曲创新亮点纷呈效果极佳学生创意刻充分体现
    4板书设计条理清晰目然突出教学重点


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Start to read
    ·Be able to find as well as listen speak read and write the letters in the picture
    ·Be able to listen and read the words about animals of this unit and master their spellings
    Let’s check
    ·Be able to finish the task of Let’s check independently
    Let’s sing
    ·Be able to understand and sing along with the song and create a new song by replacing the words about animals
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Review and master the letters and the words about animals of this unit
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to finish the task of Let’s check independently
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s do
    Say the instructions
    3 What’s this
    Show the letter cards and ask questions
    1 Greetings
    2 Do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions
    3 Review the letters of this unit
    The TPR activity can stimulate students’ interest in learning and help students review the knowledge they have learned
    Presentation
    1 Look and finish
    (1) Sharp eyes
    Show some cute pictures about the five letters on the PPT
    (2) Find and say
    Show the picture of Find and say
    (1) Look at the pictures and read aloud the letters
    (2) Try to count the letters and find out the most letters
    Lead students to review the letters they have learned through observing finding and saying
    2 Review the words about animals
    Show the pictures and the word cards and ask with What’s this
    Look at the pictures and the word cards Answer the teacher’s questions by using the sentence structure It’s a an…
    Create an interesting learning environment and help students consolidate the words about animals and the sentence structures of this unit Enhance students’ class participation
    3 Read and count
    Show the picture of Read and count Explain the meaning of the exercise and make a demonstration Check the spellings of the words about animals
    Look at the pictures of the upper part of Read and count and say the words about animals Spell the words about animals one by one Read and count independently
    Ask students to say the words about animals they see and count the number of each kind of animal Achieve the corresponding of the sound and the shape Consolidate the words and the sentence structures they have learned
    Practice
    1 Listen and number
    Show the pictures and play the recording Check the answers
    Observe and talk about the pictures Listen to the recording and finish the task
    Help students improve their listening skills by making prediction before listening
    Use different activities to practice and consolidate the learning of the words about animals
    2 Look and match
    Show the pictures Let students say the words about animals one by one and then match the words to the pictures Check the answers
    Say the words about animals one by one Match the words to the pictures
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s sing
    Play the video of the song—Old MacDonald Lead students to understand and learn the song Let students sing along with the video and make a new song
    Listen to the song wave hands and sing along with the video Practice in groups Try to make a new song
    Create an active learning environment Cultivate and train students’ innovative thinking Let students gain a sense of achievement
    Homework
    1 Sing the song to your family members
    2 Read the story of Story time
    3 Do the exercises
    Unit 5 Let’s eat

    教材分析
    单元学题食物教学容围绕孩子家里郊外餐时发生事展开教学重点够听懂会说核心句型I’m hungry Have some… I’d like some… Here you are You’re welcome 够听说认读单词bread juice egg milk water cake fish rice
    教学目标
    知识目标:
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型I’m hungry Have some… I’d like some… Here you are You’re welcome
    词汇
    ·听说认读单词bread juice egg milk water cake fish rice
    字母语音
    ·正确听说读写字母Oo Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt知道单词中发音
    力目标:
    ·够图片实物情境帮助运句型I’d like some… Can I have some…表达想吃食物Here you areHave some…提供食物请吃东西
    ·够情境中运句型Thank youThanks表达感谢You’re welcome作答
    ·听字母说出应发音
    情感态度文化意识学策略目标:
    ·够较中西方早餐异解中西方餐具菜谱
    ·够建立单词音义形间联系整体学单词
    课时安排
    第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第三课时 Part A Letters and sounds
    第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第六课时 Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    The first period(第课时)
    Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play

    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够通听录音学会正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够听懂会说语境中运核心句型I’d like some…Have some…
    Let’s play
    ·够句子接龙游戏中巩固记忆食物单词句型I’d like some…
    ▶教学重点
    1 够理解掌握课时重点单词句型
    2 够情景中运句型I’d like some…Have some…交流关食物信息
    ▶教学难点
    够真实语境中运课时句型然流利进行话
    ▶教学准备

    2PPT课文录音视频单词卡片食物图片物头饰教学实物等
    Teaching purpose
    教师化身围裙妈妈进入教室学生招呼复歌曲TPR活动热身营造良英语学氛围学生轻松信投入英语学中
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    The teacher wears an apron and greets students
    2 Sing the song—Old MacDonald (出示课件)
    3 Revision
    T Boys and girls please take out your school things I say you do Let’s chant
    T I have a ruler
    Ss Me too (Show their rulers)
    Teaching purpose
    教师化身围裙妈妈托盘呈现食物然引入新知创设真实学情境激发学生学兴趣学生轻松理解掌握新单词句型通义形配进步操练单词
    T I have a pencil
    Ss Me too (Show their pencils)

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the words and the sentences
    The teacher holds a tray covered by table linen There is juice bread and two eggs on the tray
    T Boys and girls look I have a lot of delicious food Do you want to know what’s on the tray
    Ss Yes
    T Please guess
    Ss …T Look I have juice I’d like some juice
    Write down the sentence I’d like some juice on the blackboard and teach it
    Help students get the meaning of the sentence by body language Lead students to reply with Me too Give a bottle of juice to a student
    T Here you are Have some juice
    S1 Thank you
    Write down the sentences Here you are Have some juice on the blackboard and teach them
    Teach the new words bread and egg in the same way Pay attention to the word eggs
    2 Do a matching work
    Put up the pictures of juice bread and an egg on the blackboard Take out the word cards
    T Boys and girls look at the word cards Can you put up the word cards under the right pictures
    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力
    Ask three students to the front and do the matching work Check the answers together
    3 Let’s talk
    (1) Look and say
    Let students look at the picture of Let’s talk carefully Ask some questions to help them predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Teaching purpose
    助卡片实物教授句型创造情境教学播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组排练戴物头饰完成配音秀培养学生模仿力加深学生句型理解


    (2) Teach the sentence structures
    ①Play the cartoon of Let’s talk for the first time(课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块视频)
    T What would Mike like
    Ss Juice
    T How does he say
    Ss He says I’d like some juice please
    Take out some pictures of food and make a dialogue with a student
    T What would you like
    Let the student pick a picture
    S1 I’d like some…
    T (Give himher the picture) Here you are
    S1 Thank you Thanks
    ②Play the cartoon again Let students listen to the recording and repeat Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    Teach the sentence structure Have some… Give out some food and say Have some…
    Ss Thank you Thanks
    ③Do a dubbing show
    Lead students to read the dialogue Let students practice in pairs Play the video without subtitles Let students wear the headdresses and do a dubbing show
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏视频等方式学生真实语境中操练句型培养学生合作竞争意识加深学生新知识理解记忆
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Whisper
    Let students work in groups to pass on the three sentences I’d like some… Here you are Have some… in a low voice
    Give the prize to the best group
    2 Let’s play
    (1) Play the video of Let’s play (课件出示:教材P48 Let’s play板块视频) Let students say the food they see Then let students read after the recording
    (2) Look and say
    Let students look at the three pictures Practice the sentence structure I’d like some… in groups then show in class
    Teaching purpose
    设计美食节活动学生真实场景中操练句型激发学生学兴趣提高学生综合语言运力分享段中西式早餐区视频拓展学生课外知识开阔学生眼界

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Welcome to our Gourmet Festival
    (活动说明学生出事先准备食物讲台前次摆开教室模拟美食节场景外学生组单位逛美食节挑选想吃美食)
    2 Share a video
    Share a video about the differences between Chinese breakfast and western breakfast (出示课件)

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a menu for tomorrow’s breakfast
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1 通教师扮演围裙妈妈组织班级美食节学生创设真实情境学生真实语境中然流利运节课句型进行话培养学生综合语言运力
    2 学生观察图片助图片预测教学容注重学生观察力培养学方法指导
    3 教学程中充分发挥老师示范作活动开始前教师做良示范
    4 拓展学生课外知识解中西式早餐感知中外文化差异适时渗透情感价值观教育
    5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures I’d like some… Have some… properly in context
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to consolidate the words about food and the sentence structure I’d like some… in the game
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
    ·Be able to use the sentence structuresI’d like some…Have some…to talk about food
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures of this lesson to make natural and fluent dialogues in real context
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    Wear an apron and greet students
    2 Sing the song—Old
    MacDonald
    3 Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Chant and do the actions as the teacher says
    Help students review the old knowledge and create a good English learning atmosphere
    Presentation
    1 Teach the words and the sentences
    Let students guess the food on the tray and teach the words and the sentences Guess the food on the tray
    Guess the food on the tray Learn the words and the sentences
    Lead in the words naturally Let students understand and master the new words and sentence structures easily Cultivate students’ interest in learning Practice the words through the matching work
    2 Do a matching work
    Put up the pictures of juice bread and an egg on the blackboard
    Finish the matching task Put up the word cards under the right pictures

    3 Let’s talk
    (1) Look and say
    Let students look at the picture carefully and ask some questions
    (2) Teach the sentence structures
    ①Play the cartoon and make a dialogue with a student
    ②Let students listen to the recording and repeat
    ③Lead students to read the dialogue Let students practice in pairs Play the video without subtitles Let students wear the headdresses and do a dubbing show
    (1) Look at the picture carefully Think and talk about the questions to predict the main idea of the dialogue
    (2)①Watch the cartoon and learn the sentence structures —
    I’d like some… —Here you are
    ②Listen to the recording
    and repeat Pay
    attention to the
    pronunciation and
    the intonation Learn the sentence structure
    Have some…
    ③Read the dialogue after the teacher Practice in pairs Wear the headdresses and do a dubbing show
    Cultivate students’ observation and logical reasoning ability Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently Activate the atmosphere through the dubbing show
    Cultivate students’ imitation ability and strengthen their understanding of the key sentence structures
    Practice
    1 Whisper
    Give the prize to the best group
    Work in groups to pass on the three sentences in a low voice

    2 Let’s play
    (1) Play the video
    (2) Look and say
    Show three pictures on the PPT
    (1) Watch the video and say the food they see Read after the recording
    (2) Look at the pictures Practice the sentence structure I’d like some…in groups then show in class
    Strengthen students’ understanding of the sentence structures Cultivate their sense of cooperation and competition
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Welcome to our Gourmet Festival
    Go to the Gourmet Festival and practice the sentence structures
    Create a natural and real situation to practice the sentence structures Expand students’ extra knowledge through the video
    2 Share a video
    Watch a video about the differences between Chinese breakfast and western breakfast

    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a menu for tomorrow’s breakfast
    3 Do the exercises

    The second period(第二课时)
    Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够通观察谈Let’s learn板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够听说认读单词bread egg milk juice辨认书写形式
    ·够通种活动运句型I’m hungryHave some…交流关食物信息
    Let’s do
    ·够图片动作音频帮助理解读指令够根指令做出相应动作根动作说出相应指令性语
    ▶教学重点
    1 够听说认读单词bread juice egg milk
    2 够情景中运句型I’m hungryHave some…交流关食物信息
    ▶教学难点
    够听懂Let’s do板块指令性语做出相应动作
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片食物图片教学实物等
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    Teaching purpose
    歌曲热身活跃课堂气氛激发学生学新知欲学生分享早餐食谱复旧知检测学生学效果
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—I’m hungry(出示课件)
    3 Share your menu
    Check the homework Let students share and introduce their breakfast menu with the sentence structure I’d like some…
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    通学生摸摸猜猜篮子里食物引出新授单词激发学生学兴趣时助单词卡片实物丰富肢体语言学生情境中理解学重点单词句型加深学生单词句型理解记忆
    1 Teach the new words
    (1) Teach the word bread
    T Boys and girls I just came back from the supermarket and I bought some nice food for you What’s in my basket Who wants to touch and guess If you’re right I’ll give you the food
    Invite a student to the front Let himher touch the food in the basket and guess what it is
    T What’s that Can you guess
    S1 Bread
    T Great You’re so clever Here you are Have some bread
    S1 Thank you
    Teach the wordbreadby passing the word card The teacher acts and saysOh I’m hungry hʌŋgri Help students get the meaning of the sentence by body language and lead them to reply
    Ss Have some bread
    The teacher gives out the bread to students and makes the gesture Eat some bread
    (2) Teach the word egg
    Invite another student to the front of the classroom Let himher touch the food and guess
    T What’s that
    S2 An egg
    T Bingo I have some eggs Here you are Have some eggs
    S2 Thanks
    Teach the word egg by passing the real egg
    T Oh I’m still hungry
    Ss Have some eggs
    Teaching purpose
    通蒙住学生眼睛试喝猜出杯子里液体吸引学生注意力时运声唱反调等方法教授单词活跃课堂氛围做单词放句型中进行教学
    The teacher gives out the eggs to students and makes the gesture Have some eggs
    (3)Teach the wordmilk
    Invite a student to the front then cover hisher eyes Give himher a bottle of milk and let himher drink and guess
    T What is it
    S3 Milk
    T Excellent Have some milk
    Teach the word milk in high and low voice
    T Now I’m thirsty (Act and say)
    Ss Have some milk
    The teacher gives out the milk to students and makes the gesture Drink some milk
    (4) Teach the wordjuice
    Invite a student to the front then cover hisher eyes Give himher a bottle of juice and let himher drink and guess Teach the word juice in opposite tune
    T Mmm I’m still thirsty
    Ss Have some juice
    The teacher gives out the juice to students and makes the gesture Have some juice
    2 Let’s learn
    (1) Look and guess
    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片培养学生观察力逻辑推理力
    T I’m hungry I guess you are hungry too What about Sarah Please look at the picture of Let’s learn and guess the answers to the questions
    (2) Play the video of Let’s learn(课件出示:教材P49 Let’s learn板块视频)Teach the sentenceI’m hungry by body language
    Check the answers
    (Answers Q1 Sarah is hungry Juice and an egg Q2 Milk and bread)
    (3) Let students read the dialogue after the recording and practice the dialogue in pairs
    Teaching purpose
    设计三组活动调动学生学积极性时创设情境教学学生活动中然运学语言进行交流达学致目
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Do a matching work
    Put up the word cards about the food and drinks on the blackboard and take out the relevant pictures Let some students choose the right pictures to do a matching work
    2 Sharp eyes
    Show the pictures of bread an egg juice and milk one by one on the PPT(出示课件)
    T Class please look at the pictures carefully If you know what it is you can stand up and say it in English loudly Now begin
    3 Make a new dialogue
    T Exchange and share your food stickers by using the sentence structures I’m hungry Have some… with your partners
    Ask two students to make a demonstration
    S1 I’m hungry
    Teaching purpose
    设计说做做说活动调动学生种感官参激发学生学热情通样化教学形式吸引学生注意力学生根图片提示补全句子强化学生单词句型记忆
    S2 Have some eggs
    S1 Thank you
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s do
    (1) I say you do
    Play the cartoon of Let’s do for the first time (课件出示:教材P49 Let’s do板块视频) Let students get the meaning of it Then play the cartoon again and lead students to do actions with the cartoon Help students understand the meanings of the words eat drink by body language
    Let students do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions and practice in groups then show it in class
    S1 Have some eggs
    S2 (Do the actions) …

    (2)I do you say
    Play the game in pairs One student does the actions and the other student says the sentences Then let students fill in the blanks


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Do a survey What would your family like
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 充分利实物卡片等进行直观教学贴学生生活实际学生视觉击调动学生积极性利学掌握新知识
    2 注重学生评价GreatBingoExcellent等鼓励性语言时予学生肯定增强学生信心
    3 学生创设真实语言环境生活紧密相连引导学生进行真实语言交际
    4 利游戏等种教学手段进行单词教学较活跃课堂氛围激发学生学热情
    5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words bread egg milk juice and recognize their writing forms
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures I’m hungryHave some…to talk about food
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand and read the instructions and do the corresponding actions according to the instructions or say the corresponding instructions according to the actions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words bread egg milk juice
    ·Be able to use the sentence structuresI’m hungryHave some…to talk about food in situations
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to understand the sentences of Let’s do and do the corresponding actions
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—I’m hungry
    3 Share your menu
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Share and introduce their breakfast menu
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning Review the last lesson and check the learning effects
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    Let students touch and guess the food in the basket to teach the words bread egg Let students drink and guess the liquid in the two bottles to teach the words milk juice
    Touch and guess the food in the basket Learn the words bread egg by passing the word card and passing the real egg Drink and guess the liquid in the two bottles Learn the words milk juice in high and low voice and opposite tune
    Lead in the new words properly Teach the words in sentences Help students understand and master the new words easily Meanwhile cultivate students’ interest in learning and help them understand the sentences through the gestures
    2 Let’s learn
    (1) Let students look at the picture and ask some questions
    (2) Play the video and teach the sentence I’m hungry
    Check the answers
    (3) Let students read after the recording and practice the dialogue in pairs
    (1) Look at the picture and guess the answers to the questions
    (2) Watch the video and learn the sentence I’m hungry
    (3) Read after the recording and practice the dialogue in pairs
    Lead students to observe and talk about the picture with questions Cultivate students’ observation and logical reasoning ability

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Do a matching work
    Put up the word cards on the blackboard and take out the relevant pictures
    Try to choose the right pictures to do a matching work
    Create a natural and real situation to practice the words and the sentence structures Train students’ ability of speaking Let students use the words and the sentence structures skillfully
    2 Sharp eyes
    Play the game Try to say the words as fast as they can
    3 Make a new dialogue
    Make a new dialogue in pairs to practice the words and sentence structures
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s do
    (1)I say you do
    (2)I do you say
    (1) Watch the cartoon Do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions
    (2) Say the sentences according to the actions And fill in the blanks
    Help students understand the key words and sentence structures better Stimulate their enthusiasm for learning and attract students’ attention through various teaching forms
    Homework
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Do a survey What would your family like
    3 Do the exercises
    The third period(第三课时)
    Part A Letters and sounds
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Letters and sounds
    ·够听说读写字母OoPpQqRrSsTt学字母音形基础初步掌握元音字母Oo五辅音字母作单词首字母时发音
    ▶教学重点
    1 够听说读写字母OoPpQqRrSsTt
    2 够初步掌握元音字母Oo五辅音字母作单词首字母时发音
    ▶教学难点
    够掌握字母笔相关例词发音
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    通歌曲TPR活动激发学生学兴趣复字母AN新授容做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—ABC song (出示课件)
    3 Revision
    T Now let’s chant and do some actions

    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Teach the letters
    Teaching purpose
    猜谜形式引出字母Oo时字母拟化学变生动趣引导学生联想生活中字母物品培养学生观察联想力贴学生生活实际提醒学生注意区分字母写注重学生学方法指导

    Ss Oo

    Let students read the letter Oo after the recording(出示课件)
    T Can you find something that looks like Oo in your daily life
    Ss …
    (课件出示:呼啦圈钥匙扣轮胎盘子西瓜足球篮球等图片图片标出Oo)
    Write down the letter Oo on the blackboard Let students show their fingers and write after the teacher Let them pay attention to the capital letter and the lowercase letter
    T Oo has many friends Who are they
    Teaching purpose
    强化学生字母写区分记忆
    Lead in the letters PpQqRrSsTt in the same way(出示课件)
    2 Match the letters
    Disorder the capital letter cards and put them up on the blackboard
    T Who can help me put up the lowercase letter cards under the right capital letter cards
    Invite some students to the front and finish the matching task
    Teaching purpose
    利课件呈现图片单单词串联起赋予事性情境性便学生理解掌握
    3 Teach the example words
    Show an orange and a box on the PPT

    Let students listen to the recording and repeat (出示课件)
    T What similarity can you find between orange and on
    Ss …
    T Excellent They have the same first letter o What’s the sound
    Let students clap their hands and chant Oo Oo Oo ɒ ɒ ɒ ɒ ɒ orange ɒ ɒ on
    Teaching purpose
    学生着节拍chant增强趣味性时培养学生节奏感分组排练班级竞赛展示般练特殊化更激发学生学热情加强字母掌握
    Show the pictures on the PPT and teach the other example words in the same way (出示课件)
    4 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the video of the chant (课件出示:教材P50 Listen repeat and chant视频) Let students chant after the video Lead students to clap their hands and do the actions

    Let students practice in groups and show it in class Give the prize to the best group
    Teaching purpose
    做听力练前预留时间学生图片加熟悉注重学生学方法指导学生根图片提示猜出动物补全单词增加定难度激发学生挑战欲
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    Let students look at the pictures and letters carefully Lead them to predict the listening content and describe the pictures Then ask students to read all the letters and say the words according to the pictures Let students pay attention to the pronunciation of the letters Play the recording and let students listen and circle (课件出示:教材P50 Listen and circle 音频) Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P50 Listen and circle答案)
    2 Can you guess
    Teaching purpose
    指导学生注意字母四线三格笔通传球游戏提高学生学热情活跃课堂气氛游戏中培养学生合作竞争意识时强化学生字母记忆
    Let students guess the animals and fill in the blanks (课件出示:动物云朵遮住露出部分身体图片首字母设空相应单词)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Write and say
    Play the cartoon (课件出示:教材P50 Write and say视频) Let students watch it carefully and pay attention to the stroke order then write down the letters in their books
    (Tips:指导学生书写字母时字母笔占格情况难点字母Pp Qq Rr需加强调)
    2 Pass the ball
    (游戏说明教师学生分成AB两组先A组名学生说字母oB组名学生快速度说出o开头单词:orange然B组名学生说字母pA组名学生说出p开头单词:pig次循环轮流说字母单词积分组获奖励)

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Copy the letters five times
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1 教学始终围绕学生生活实际展开生活中寻找发现字母降低学生学难度便学生掌握新知
    2 突出学生体位教师引导学生足够空间通听例词读例词学例词总结字母单词中作首字母时发音规律
    3 运TPR教学法猜谜传球游戏等种活动形式调动学生学积极性学生创造良英语学氛围
    4 充分发挥媒体资源优势例词教学富事性情景性吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Letters and sounds
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Oo Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt and master the pronunciation of the letters as the first letter in words
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Oo Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the lettersOo Pp Qq Rr Ss Ttas the first letter
    in words
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the stroke order of the letters and the pronunciation of the example words
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song—ABC song
    3 Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the ABC song
    3 Chant and do the actions with the teacher
    Cultivate students’ interest in learning Help students review the letters that they have learnt and prepare for the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Teach the letters
    Let students guess a riddle and teach the letter Oo
    Play the recording of Oo
    Let students pay attention to the capital letter and the lowercase letter Teach the letters Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt in the same way
    Guess a riddle Learn the new letters Read the letters after the recording Then find things that look like the letters in their daily life Write the letters with fingers after the teacher
    Lead in the letters properly Cultivate students’ interest in learning and their ability of observation and association Remind students to distinguish between the capital letters and the lowercase letters Pay attention to the guidance on their learning methods
    2 Match the letters
    Disorder the capital letter cards and put them up on the blackboard
    Try to match the capital letters to the lowercase letters
    Strengthen students’ distinction and memory of the letters
    3 Teach the example words
    Show some pictures on the PPT and teach the example words Let students clap their hands and chant together
    Learn the example words and chant with the teacher
    Let students learn the example words in sentences so that they can understand and master the words better
    4 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the video of the chant
    Let students chant after the
    video Lead students to clap
    their hands and do the actions
    Watch the video and chant after it Clap hands and do the actions Practice in groups and show it in class
    Let students sing the chant in rhythm Elevate students’ learning initiative and train their sense of rhythm




    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    Let students look at the pictures and letters carefully Play the recording and check the answers
    Look at the pictures and letters carefully Predict the listening content and describe the pictures Then read all the letters and say the words according to the pictures Pay attention to the pronunciation of the letters Listen to the recording and circle the letters
    Let students observe the pictures carefully before listening Cultivate students’ learning methods and stimulate their desire to challenge
    2 Can you guess
    Let students guess the
    animals and fill in the
    blanks
    Look at the pictures Guess the animals and fill in the blanks
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Write and say
    Play the cartoon of
    Write and say
    Watch the cartoon carefully and pay attention to the stroke order then write down the letters in their books
    Lead students to write the letters correctly Cultivate students’ interest in learning and the sense of cooperation and competition Strengthen their memory of the letters
    2 Pass the ball
    Play the game to practice the letters and the example words
    Homework
    1 Copy the letters five times
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The fourth period(第四课时)
    Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够通听录音学会正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够语境中体运句型Can I have some… please表达想食物运You’re welcome礼貌回应谢意
    Let’s play
    ·够区分Can I have some… pleaseHave some…两句型语功
    ▶教学重点
    1 够理解掌握课时重点单词句型
    2 够情景中运句型Can I have some… please 表达想食物运You’re welcome礼貌回应谢意
    ▶教学难点
    够真实语境中运课句型然流利进行话
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片句型卡片物头饰教学实物等
    Teaching purpose
    歌曲热身营造良英语学氛围激发学生学兴趣通TPR活动复相关句型
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s sing—I’m hungry (出示课件)
    3 Revision
    Show the pictures of Let’s do on page 49 (出示课件)
    T Let’s chant and do the actions

    Teaching purpose
    通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Look and think
    Show the picture of Let’s talk on the PPT (课件出示:教材P51 Let’s talk板块图片)
    Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to help them predict the main idea of the dialogue

    2 Watch and circle
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生带着问题观动画整体感知文获取信息
    T Wu Yifan John and Chen Jie are having a picnic What food do they have for the picnic
    Play the cartoon of Let’s talk (课件出示:教材P51 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students circle the food and drinks in their books
    Check the answers (出示课件) Then teach the words water cake by the word cards
    Teaching purpose
    创设情境然引出句型利卡片教授句型简单直接学生易理解
    3 Teach the sentences
    (1) Play the cartoon again (出示课件)
    T What would Wu Yifan like
    Ss Water
    T Great How does he say
    Ss He says Can I have some water please
    Take out the sentence card Can I have some water please
    T Read after me please

    Write down the sentence Can I have some water please on the blackboard and teach it by the card Invite some students to be little teachers to lead other students to read
    (2) Put some food on the desk
    T I have some delicious food Who wants to eat Come on What should you say to me
    S1 Can I have some… please
    T Here you are
    S1 Thank you
    T You’re welcome
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    Write down the sentence You’re welcome on the blackboard and teach it by the card
    Let students practice the sentences in groups
    4 Read and act
    (1) Let students read the dialogue after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students listen to the whole recording again and repeat and then practice the dialogue in pairs
    (3) Let students wear the headdresses and roleplay and then share it with the class
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s sing
    Teaching purpose
    编chant学重点句型完美融合学生熟悉旋律中增强学生信心提高学积极性学生分组放食物图片鼓励创编话创设情境中运培养学生综合语言运力
    Lead students to sing the chant with the melody of Twinkle twinkle little star and do the actions

    Let students sing in groups and show it to the class Give the prize to the best group
    2 Let’s play
    Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT (课件出示:教材P51 Let’s play板块图片) Ask students to describe the picture Teach the words fish rice by word cards
    Let students put all the food cards on the desk and practice the dialogue in groups of four
    Ask students to make their own dialogues Give an example
    Teaching purpose
    通转盘游戏操练巩固重点单词句型强化学生记忆

    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Turn Turn Turn
    T Let’s play a game Turn Turn Turn





    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1 巧妙音乐英语进行整合强化学生重点句型记忆培养学生节奏感创造力增强学生学英语信心学生乐学
    2 整教学程较清晰流畅帮助学生达成定学目标
    3 创设情境教学学生真实语境中然流利运节课句型进行话培养学生综合语言运力
    4 重难点突出板书精简明起较辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures Can I have some… please You’re welcome in situations properly
    Let’s play
    ·Be able to distinguish the pragmatic functions of the sentence structures Can I have some… please and Have some…
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures Can I have some… please You’re welcome in situations properly
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to apply the key sentence structures of this lesson to real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Let’s sing—I’m hungry
    3 Revision
    Show the pictures of Let’s do on page 49
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Chant and do the actions with the teacher
    Create a good English learning atmosphere and stimulate students’ interest in learning
    Presentation
    1 Look and think
    Show the picture of Let’s talk Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to help them predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Look at the picture carefully Think and answer the questions to predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Lead students to observe and talk about the picture with questions Cultivate students’ observation and logical reasoning ability
    2 Watch and circle
    Ask a question Play the cartoon Let students watch the cartoon and circle the food and drinks Check the answers Teach the words water cake
    Watch the cartoon and circle the food Learn the words water cake by word cards
    Help students get the overall perception of the text and the useful information
    3 Teach the sentences
    (1) Play the cartoon again
    (2) Put some food on the
    desk
    Learn the sentences Try to be little teachers to lead other students to read Practice the sentences in groups
    Lead in the new sentences properly Use the sentence cards to help students learn the sentences easily
    4 Read and act
    Play the recording
    (1) Read the dialogue after the recording
    (2) Listen to the whole recording and repeat Practice the dialogue in pairs
    (3) Wear the headdresses and roleplay Then share it with the class
    Lead students to read the dialogue correctly and fluently Activate the atmosphere



    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Let’s sing
    Lead students to sing the chant and do the actions Give the prize to the best group
    Sing the chant and do the actions Then sing the chant in groups and show it to the class
    Combine the key sentence structures with the familiar rhythm Enhance students’ selfconfidence Cultivate students’ comprehensive language using ability by creating dialogues in situations
    2 Let’s play
    Show the picture of Let’s play Ask students to describe the picture Teach the words fish rice by word cards Give an example
    Describe the picture Learn the words fish rice Practice the dialogue in groups of four and make their own dialogues according to the example
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Play the game Turn Turn
    Turn
    Turn the turntable and practice the key words and sentence structures
    Practice and consolidate the key words and sentence structures
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Sing the chant to your family
    3 Do the exercises
    The fifth period(第五课时)
    Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够通观察谈Let’s learn板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够听说认读图片中学单词water cake fish rice解书写形式
    ·够通种活动运句型Can I have some… please表达想吃食物
    Let’s do
    ·够图片动作音频帮助理解读歌谣强化单词音义间联系
    ·够根指令做出相应动作根动作说出相应指令性语
    ▶教学重点
    1 够听说认读单词water cake fish rice
    2 够情景中运句型Can I have some… please表达想吃食物
    ▶教学难点
    够实际生活中然流利课句型进行话
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片教学实物等
    Teaching purpose
    师生互动拉距离利歌曲热身激发学生学兴趣创造良英语学氛围复旧知帮助学生快投入课堂中
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song with the melody of Twinkle twinkle little star

    3 Revision
    T Now let’s play the game I say you do Have some eggs Have some juice Eat some bread Drink some milk…
    Let students do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    利实物教学单词water学生更易理解掌握加强单词义形间联系
    1 Teach the new words
    (1) Invite a student to the front Cover hisher eyes Give himher a bottle of water Let himher drink and guess
    T What is it
    S1 Water
    T Excellent Have some water w ɔtə(r)
    Teach the word water and pass a bottle of water to help students practice the word Write down the word water on the blackboard
    (2) Show a riddle on the PPT Let students guess What is it
    Teaching purpose
    利猜谜形式引出新授单词吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣通采形式样游戏活动操练单词活跃课堂氛围利学生掌握新知

    Lead in the word fish
    T fɪ ʃ fɪʃ
    Use the word card to teach fish Play a game High and low voice to help students practice the word Write down the word fish on the blackboard
    (3) Show a riddle on the PPT Let students guess What is it

    Lead in the word cake
    T keɪk keɪk
    Teach the word by the game Catch the finger Write down the word cake on the blackboard
    (4) Show a riddle on the PPT Let students guess What is it

    Lead in the word rice
    T raɪs raɪs
    Teaching purpose
    通观察讨图片学生句型中操练单词帮助学生更掌握课时重点单词句型
    Teach the word and play a game Drive a train to help students practice the word Write down the word rice on the blackboard
    2 Look and say
    Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示:教材P52 Let’s learn板块图片) Lead students to observe the picture and talk about it Ask students to practice the words cake fish rice in the key sentence structures by replacing the word water
    Teaching purpose
    播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调进行朗读
    3 Read and act
    (1) Play the recording (课件出示:教材P52 Let’s learn板块音频) Let students listen carefully and read after the recording then read freely
    (2) Let students practice the dialogue in pairs and then act it out
    Step 3 Practice
    Teaching purpose
    充分利媒体教学资源鼠食物游戏学生视觉击调动学生积极性
    1 Whackamole
    Play the game to consolidate the four words on the PPT (出示课件)
    2 Let’s chant
    T Look There is a Food Man What can you see
    Ss …
    T Great Now let’s chant

    Teaching purpose
    设计说做做说活动调动学生种感官参激发学生学热情学生根图片提示补全句子强化学生单词句型记忆
    3 Let’s do
    (1) I say you do
    Play the cartoon of Let’s do for the first time (课件出示:教材P52 Let’s do板块视频) Help students get the meaning of it Play it again Lead students to do the actions according to the recording Help students understand the meaning of cut by body language Let students put their pictures or food on their desks Students do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions Let students practice in groups and show it to the class
    S1 Drink some water
    Teaching purpose
    招聘形式巩固单词句型学生耳目新感觉激发挑战欲变动学动学学生关程中体会学英语带成感增强学生信心课堂气氛推高潮
    S2 (Do the actions) …

    (2) I do you say
    Play the game in pairs One student does the actions and the other student says the sentences Then let students fill in the blanks (课件出示:教材P52 Let’s do板块填空题)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    We need you
    (1) Create a situation
    Show a recruitment notice on the PPT (出示课件)
    T The winter holiday is coming I need some parttime workers Do you want to have a try
    (2) Play the game
    T Get through the games below and you can work here
    ① Round 1 Read the menu

    ② Round 2 Greet the customers
    Choose the correct answers

    ③ Round 3 Memory test
    Show the pictures on the PPT Let students look and read carefully

    Then make the three pictures disappear Let students do the matching work

    ④Round 4 Do a survey
    Divide students into several groups Let students do a survey about what food customers would like Ask some groups to make a report (课件出示:调查表格)

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Do a survey to find out the food and drinks your family like
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 游戏教学贯穿课堂始终种方式操练单词传递实物声抓手指开火车食物鼠等寓教乐帮助学生较较快掌握新知
    2 充分利媒体资源辅助教学优势猜谜chant等活动设计学生视觉击吸引学生注意力
    3 教学形式新颖利招聘活动设计充分调动学生学积极性动学乐学帮助学生游戏中获学英语带成感增强学生信心
    4 板书设计简洁明教学重难点突出

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the wordswater fish cake rice and know their writing
    forms
    ·Be able to use the sentence structureCan I have some… pleaseproperly in situations
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand and sing the chant strengthen the connection between the pronunciation and the meaning of the words
    ·Be able to do the corresponding actions according to the instructions or say the corresponding sentences according to the actions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words water fish cake rice
    ·Be able to use the sentence structureCan I have some… pleaseproperly in situations
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to apply the key sentence structures of this lesson to real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song with the
    melody of Twinkle twinkle little star
    3 Revision
    Play the game by giving instructions
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Do the actions according to the teacher’s instructions
    Create a good English learning atmosphere Help students review the old knowledge and prepare for the following study
    Presentation
    1 Teach the new words
    Show some riddles on the PPT Let students guess what they are Teach the words by different games
    Drink and guess the liquid in the bottle to learn the word water Guess the riddles to learn the words fish cake rice Practice the words by different games
    Lead in the new words properly and teach the words by different games Help students understand and master the words easily Stimulate students’ interest in learning
    2 Look and say
    Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT Lead students to observe the picture and talk about it
    Observe the picture and talk about it Practice the words in the key sentence structures
    Help students master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson by observing and talking about the picture Let students practice the words in the key sentence structures
    3 Read and act
    Play the recording
    Listen and read after the recording then read freely Practice the dialogue in pairs and then act it out

    Make sure that students can read the words and the dialogue correctly and fluently


    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Whackamole
    Play the game
    Make full use of multimedia resources Cultivate students’ interest in learning and elevate students’ learning initiative through the game and the chant
    2 Let’s chant
    Show a picture of the Food Man and chant with students
    Look at the picture of the Food Man Talk about the picture Then chant with the teacher
    3 Let’s do
    (1)I say you do
    (2)I do you say
    (1) Do the actions according to the instructions
    (2) Say the sentences according to the actions
    Attract students’ attention and stimulate their enthusiasm for learning Strengthen students’ memory of the words and the sentences
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    We need you
    (1) Create a situation
    Show a recruitment notice on the PPT
    (2) Play the game
    Play the game by finishing the tasks
    Stimulate students’ desire to challenge
    Experience the sense of accomplishment from learning Enhance students’ confidence through the game
    Homework
    1 Copy the words three times
    2 Do a survey to find out the food and drinks your family like
    3 Do the exercises
    The sixth period(第六课时)
    Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Start to read
    ·够找出听说读写图片中字母
    ·够听说认读单元重点单词数出应单词数
    Let’s check
    ·够根图片信息预测听力考查点意识听录音选出正确图片
    ·够观察图片朗读单词完成配练
    Let’s sing
    ·够听懂唱歌曲创编新歌曲
    ▶教学重点
    1 够听说认读单元重点单词
    2 够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    ▶教学难点
    够掌握单元核心单词句型
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片食物图片食物等
    Teaching purpose
    复字母AT调动学生种感官参激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Share the results of the survey
    Ask students to share the results of the survey required to be done in last class
    3 Let’s chant
    Lead students to chant and do the actions

    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    闪现图片学生观察说出发现字母培养学生观察力吸引学生注意力
    1 Find and say
    T Chen Jie has an aquarium There are some beautiful fish and shells in it But some naughty letters fell into the aquarium Can you help her find them out
    Show the picture of Find and say on the PPT for several seconds (课件出示闪现教材P53 Find and say图片)
    T What can you see
    S1 I see…
    S2 I see…
    T What else
    Show the picture on the PPT again for more seconds (出示课件)
    S3 I see…
    S4 I see…
    Show the picture several times until students find out all the letters Circle all the letters on the PPT (出示课件)Teaching purpose
    挑选卡片摘桃子游戏帮助学生复关食物单词区分食物中吃喝

    2 Choose the cards
    Take out all the word cards of bread juice egg milk water cake fish rice King Queen Let students choose the cards If they choose the King or Queen they can get a prize otherwise they should read the words three times
    3 Pick the peaches
    Teaching purpose
    通形式样活动操练单词加强学生单词音义形记忆进步熟悉引导学生数出应单词数量注重学生学方法指导
    Let students look at the picture carefully and put the peaches into the right basket (课件出示:写食物单词桃子写eatdrink两篮子)
    4 Read and count
    T Now put your cards and pictures of food and drinks on your desks
    (1) Invite some students to read the words When someone reads the word milk the others should show the picture of milk as fast as they can and say milk milk milk loudly
    (2) Invite some students to show the pictures of food or drinks When someone shows the picture of an egg the others should show the word card of the egg as fast as they can and say egg egg egg loudly
    Teaching purpose
    做听力练前预留时间学生听容进行预测判断学生进行效听力技巧指导
    (3) Let students count the words Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示:教材P53 Read and count答案)
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and tick
    (1) Let students look at the pictures in their books by themselves and predict the listening content of every picture
    (2) Play the recording (课件出示:教材P54 Listen and tick音频)Remind students to grasp the key information Let students listen to the recording and try to tick the right pictures
    (3) Check the answers on the PPT (课件出示 教材P54 Listen and tick答案)
    2 Look and match
    Show the whole content on the PPT (课件出示 教材P54 Look and match容)
    (1) Cover the words Let students say the words according to the pictures
    (2) Invite some students to read the words Then let students read the words group by group
    (3) Let students match the words to the pictures Then check the answers (课件出示教材P54 Look and match答案)
    Teaching purpose
    先学生观察图片阅读理解事意引导学生正确语音语调朗读事够表演事循序渐进事中巩固核心句型
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Story time
    (1) Show the pictures of Story time (课件出示:教材P55 Story time图片) Let students read the story by themselves first
    T Zoom has lunch at the canteen Is Zoom happy Why
    Ss … (Students can answer in Chinese)
    (2) Let students read the story again
    T What does Zoom order
    S1 Some fish
    S2 Some rice

    T You are so clever Zoom also orders some Coke and ice cream
    Teach the pronunciation and the meanings of the words Coke ice cream
    T Do you like Coke Do you like ice cream
    Ss Yes
    Teaching purpose
    鼓励学生运学知识歌曲进行胆创编增强学生学英语信活跃课堂氛围
    (3) Play the cartoon of Story time (课件出示:教材P55 Story time视频)Let students watch the cartoon and read after it
    (4) Act out the story
    T Do you like the story Try to read and act it out
    2 Let’s sing
    (1) Play the cartoon for the first time (课件出示教材P54 Let’s sing板块视频)Help students get the meaning of it
    T What food or drinks can you see
    Ss Cake bread milk…
    (2) Play the cartoon again Let students learn to sing and practice in groups then share it with the class
    (3) Create your own song
    Give an example

    Encourage students to create their own songs Let students sing their own songs


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing your own song to your family
    2 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 突出学生体位教师引导引导学生寻找图片中字母引导学生预测听力容引导学生创编新歌曲学生足够空间理解学
    2 注重学生学方法指导包括听指导说指导练指导
    3 实施单元整体教学单元重点知识进行梳理
    4 鼓励学生创编歌曲培养学生创造力增强学生信心学生体会学英语带乐趣成感

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Start to read
    ·Be able to find as well as listen speak read and write the letters in the picture
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the key words of this unit and count the words
    Let’s check
    ·Be able to predict the examination points according to the pictures and tick the right pictures
    ·Be able to finish the matching task by observing the pictures and reading the words
    Let’s sing
    ·Be able to understand and sing the song and make a new song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the key words of this unit
    ·Be able to finish the exercises ofLet’s checkindependently
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the key words and sentence structures of this unit
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Share the results of the survey
    3 Let’s chant
    1 Greetings
    2 Share the results of the survey
    3 Chant together and do the actions
    Create a good English learning atmosphere Review the letters from A to T Prepare for the next step
    Presentation
    1 Find and say
    Create a situation Show the picture several times until students find out all the letters Circle all the letters on the PPT
    Look at the picture carefully and try to find out all the letters
    Lead students to observe the picture and find out the letters Cultivate students’ observation ability Attract students’ attention
    2 Choose the cards
    Take out all the word cards Let students choose the cards If they choose the King or Queen give them a prize otherwise let them read the words three times
    Choose the word cards of bread juice egg milk water cake fish rice King Queen If they choose the King or Queen they can get a prize otherwise they should read the words three times
    Review and strengthen the key words Help students distinguish drink and eat
    3 Pick the peaches
    Show the picture on the PPT
    Play the game Put the peaches into the right basket
    4 Read and count
    (1) Invite some students to
    read the words and the others show the pictures of food or
    drinks
    (2) Invite some students to show the pictures of food or drinks and the others show the word cards and read the words
    (3) Check the answers on the PPT
    (1) Some students read the words and the others show the pictures of food or drinks
    (2) Some students show the pictures of food or drinks and the others show the word cards and read the words
    (3) Count the words
    Strengthen the memory of the words Cultivate students’ learning methods





    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Listen and tick
    (1) Let students look at the pictures in their books by themselves
    (2) Play the recording
    (3) Check the answers
    (1) Look at the pictures carefully Predict the content of every picture
    (2) Listen to the recording and try to tick the right pictures
    (3) Check the answers
    Train students’ ability of listening Cultivate students’ learning methods
    2 Look and match
    Show the whole content of Look and match
    (1) Cover the words Let students say the words according to the pictures
    (2) Invite some students to read the words
    (3) Let students match the words to the pictures Then check the answers
    (1) Try to say the words according to the pictures
    (2) Read the words group by
    group
    (3) Match the words to the pictures Then check the answers

    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Story time
    (1) Show the pictures of Story time Let students read the story by themselves and ask two questions
    (2) Let students read the story again and teach Coke ice cream
    (3) Play the cartoon Let students watch and read after it
    (4) Let students read and act
    out the story
    (1) Look at the pictures Read the story by themselves and try to answer the questions
    (2) Read the story again and learn Coke ice cream
    (3) Watch the cartoon and read after it
    (4) Read and act out the story
    Let students observe the pictures and read by themselves first to understand the main idea of the story Lead students to read the story with correct pronunciation and intonation Consolidate the key sentence structures in the story
    Homework
    2 Let’s sing
    (1) Play the cartoon
    (2) Play the cartoon again Let students learn to sing and practice in groups then share it with the class
    (3) Let students create their own songs and sing the songs
    (1) Watch the cartoon and get the meaning of it
    (2) Watch the cartoon again Learn to sing the song Practice in groups Then share it with the class
    (3) Create their own songs then sing the songs
    Enhance students’ confidence Stimulate students’ creative desire and cultivate their creative ability
    Homework
    1 Sing your own song to your family
    2 Do the exercises
    Unit 6 Happy birthday

    教材分析
    单元学题数字教学容围绕Sam妈妈蛋糕店买蛋糕场景Sam生日派发生事展开教学重点够听懂会说核心句型—How many… —FiveHappy birthday—How old are you —I’m…years old够听说认读单词one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
    教学目标
    知识力目标
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型—How many… —FiveHappy birthday—How old are you —I’m…years old
    词汇
    ·听说认读单词one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
    字母语音
    ·正确听说读写字母Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz知道单词中发音
    力目标:
    ·够图片实物教师帮助运How many…询问物品数量作答
    ·够实际情境中运句型—How old are you —I’m…years old询问年龄作答
    ·Happy birthday表达生日祝福
    ·听字母说出应发音
    情感态度文化意识学策略目标:
    ·解中西文化中谈年龄话题差异
    ·解国家幸运数字
    ·注意单词音义形间联系整体学单词
    课时安排
    第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Count and say
    第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
    第三课时 Part A Letters and sounds
    第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    第六课时 Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    The first period(第课时)
    Part A Let’s talk & Count and say
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够通听录音学会正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
    ·够语境中运句型How many…询问物品数量
    Count and say
    ·够英文数字1~5问句How many…进行回答
    ▶教学重点
    够实际情境中运句型How many…询问物品数量
    ▶教学难点
    够熟练运句型How many…询问物品数量进行回答
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频球物头饰等
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    Teaching purpose
    通歌曲十印第安热身活跃课堂氛围通展示情景图然导入新课
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls
    Ss Hello MissMr…
    T How are you today
    Ss I’m fine
    2 Enjoy the song—Ten little Indian boys (出示课件)
    T Do you like the song
    Ss Yes
    T How many boys can you see One Two … Ten
    (The teacher uses fingers to show the numbers)
    Ss Ten
    T Great
    3 Leadin
    Show the picture of the main scene on page 56 and page 57 (出示课件)Let students look and answer
    T Look at the picture How many children can you see How many candles are there on the cake
    Ss …
    T Today we are going to learn numbers
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    通种活动学生观察游戏中学数字学生程中轻松学目标语言
    1 Teach the numbers from one to five and the sentence structure
    (1)Show some girls on the PPT (课件出示:次出示1~5女孩图片) Let students watch and answer
    T Look What can you see on the PPT
    Ss A girl
    T Yes One girl One Show me your fingers Say one together One wʌn
    Write down the word one on the blackboard Lead students to read while showing their fingers Let students pay attention to the pronunciation of girl ɜː ɡɜːl
    T How many girls now Show me your fingers Let’s count together One Two
    Ss One Two
    T Yes Two girls tu Two Two Two
    Ss Two Two Two
    Write down the word two on the blackboard Lead students to practice it in high and low voice
    T How many girls now Show me your fingers Let’s count together One Two Three
    Ss One Two Three
    T Yes Three girls θri θri Three Three Three
    Ss Three Three Three
    Write down the word three on the blackboard Lead students to practice it by the game Drive a train
    T How many girls now Show me your fingers Let’s count together One Two Three Four
    Ss One Two Three Four
    T Yes Four girls fɔ (r) fɔ (r) Four Four Four
    Ss Four Four Four
    Write down the word four on the blackboard Lead students to practice it row by row
    T How many girls now Show me your fingers Let’s count together One Two Three Four Five
    Ss One Two Three Four Five
    T Yes Five girls faɪv faɪv Five Five Five
    Ss Five Five Five
    Write down the word five on the blackboard Lead students to practice it line by line
    Write down the sentence structure How many… on the blackboard and teach it Ask students to pay attention to the letter s in girls of the above sentences
    (2) Bounce the ball
    Prepare a ball Bounce the ball while saying One Two Three Four Five Let students have a try
    T Who can have a try
    Choose several students to come to the front of the classroom to bounce the ball The other students say the numbers with the rhythm of bouncing the ball
    Teaching purpose
    通观察图片学生预测文信息观视频回答问题激发学生奇心表达欲时培养学生观察力逻辑思维力
    2 Watch and answer
    (1) Show some pictures on the PPT (课件出示:次出示蛋糕Sam戴生日帽盘子图片)
    T Whose birthday
    Ss Sam’s birthday
    T Look What’s this
    Ss …
    T It’s a plate Pay attention to the pronunciation of plate Read after me pleɪt pleɪt
    Students follow the teacher to read
    (2) Show the picture of Let’s talk (课件出示:教材P58 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students predict the main idea of the dialogue
    T Sam and his mum are at the baker’s They need some plates How many plates Let’s watch the video and answer the question Underline the key words in your books
    Play the video (课件出示教材P58 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students watch and answer
    T How many plates
    Ss Five
    (3) Let students listen again Answer the following questions
    T What does Sam’s mum want
    Ss A cake
    T What does Sam’s mum say
    Ss This one please
    T What does the shop assistant say
    Ss Sure How many plates
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    Explain the meaning and the usage of sure And explain that one in the sentence This one please refers to the cake Ask students to practice the sentence for several times
    3 Read and act
    (1) Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the dialogue in groups of three and then wear the headdresses to act out the dialogue
    Teaching purpose
    通猜数字游戏激发学生学兴趣巩固核心句型英文数字表达通创设情境学生真实语境中学会句型How many…提问进行回答
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Play a game
    Let students play a game in pairs One student takes out some stationery (less than five) and asks How many… The other student tries to guess the number within three times The one who can guess the correct answer more quickly will be the winner
    The teacher makes a model with a student
    T How many pens in my hand
    S1 Two
    T No
    S1 Four
    T Yes Let’s exchange
    S1 How many pencils in my hand
    T Three
    S1 Yes You win
    2 Count and say
    Show the picture of Count and say (课件出示 教材P58 Count and say板块图片)
    T It’s Sam’s birthday today Look There are many gifts What can you see
    Ss BooksBalloonsPencilsCardsCrayons…
    T How many cakes
    Ss One
    T Now please ask and answer in pairs You can ask and answer like this


    Teaching purpose
    通创设情境学生分组编话巩固节课句型英文数字单词培养学生综合语言运力
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s go shopping
    Let students work in groups of three
    T It’s Sam’s birthday Let’s go to buy some gifts for him OK
    Ss OK
    T One is the shop assistant The other two students are customers You can make the dialogue like this


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Count the stationery in your schoolbag
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1活动丰富简单易行较活跃课堂气氛时效提升学生核心素养
    2开放性问题设置引发学生奇心求知欲效提高课堂效率
    3利趣味游戏提升学生学兴趣学生沉浸快乐学英语氛围中
    4突出语功帮助学生真实情境中然学语言
    5板书设计清晰明重点突出课堂教学起辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structure How many… to ask the number of the objects in context
    Count and say
    ·Be able to use the English numbers from one to five to answer the question How many…
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structure How many… to ask the number of the objects in context
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure How many… skillfully to ask and answer the number of the objects
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy a song
    3 Leadin
    Show the picture of the main scene on page 56 and page 57 Let students look and answer
    1 Greetings
    2 Enjoy the song—Ten little Indian boys
    3 Look at the picture and answer the questions
    Stimulate students’ interest in learning through the song and lead in the topic of this lesson properly
    Presentation
    1 Teach the numbers from one to five and the sentence structure
    (1)Show some girls on the
    PPT Teach the words and the sentence structure by asking and answering Ask students to pay attention to the letter s in girls
    (2)Prepare a ball Ask students to bounce the ball and say the numbers
    (1)Count the girls and answer the questions Learn the words and the sentence structure
    (2)Say the numbers with the rhythm of bouncing the ball
    Use different ways to lead students to understand and learn the new sentence structure and English numbers
    2 Watch and answer
    (1)Show some pictures on the PPT Ask some questions and teach the word plate
    (2)Show the picture of Let’s talk Let students predict the main idea of the dialogue Play the video and ask the question
    (3)Play the video again and ask some questions Teach the meaning and usage of sure and This one please
    (1)Look at the pictures
    Answer the questions and learn the word plate
    (2)Look at the picture and predict the main idea of the dialogue Watch the video and answer the question
    (3)Listen again and answer the teacher’s questions Learn the meanings and usage ofsureand This one please Practice the sentence
    Stimulate students’ curiosity and the desire to express Cultivate students’ observation and logical thinking ability
    3 Read and act
    Play the recording
    Read after the recording Read the dialogue by themselves Practice in groups of three and act it out
    Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Play a game
    Make a model with a student
    Play a game in pairs by usingHow many… to ask and answer
    Use a game to arouse students’ learning interest Practice the key words and sentence structure by asking and answering
    2 Count and say
    Show the picture of Count and say and ask the questions Answer the questions
    Ask and answer in pairs
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s go shopping
    Let students work in groups of three Show the dialogue on the PPT to make a demonstration for students
    Work in groups of three to make a dialogue One is the shop assistant The other two students are customers
    Consolidate the key words and sentence structure Develop students’ comprehensive ability of using language
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Count the stationery in your schoolbag
    3 Do the exercises

    The second period(第二课时)
    Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听辨会说生活中one to five解书写形式
    ·够巩固单词音义基础强化单词形认读记忆
    Let’s chant
    ·够听懂节奏韵律歌谣够根歌谣中指令做出相应动作
    ▶教学重点
    够认读数字one to five够歌谣中指令做出相应动作
    ▶教学难点
    够实际情景中灵活运学单词
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频数字卡片等
    ▶教学程
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离创设愉快学氛围
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Hello boys and girls
    Ss Hi MissMr… Good morningafternoon
    T Good morningafternoon
    Teaching purpose
    教师通学生边听数字歌曲边做动作巩固学数字单词

    2 Listen and do
    Play the Number song (出示课件) Let students listen to the song and show their fingers Do like this When they hear one they should show one finger When they hear two they should show two fingers…
    3 Magic eyes
    Teaching purpose
    魔术眼活动学生快速找出图片中存数字英文说出激发学生挑战欲学积极性

    T Boys and girls Look at the picture There are many numbers in the picture Can you find them out quickly Please point and say in English
    S1 I can see one (Point to 1 in the picture)
    S2 I can see two (Point to 2 in the picture)
    S3 I can see three (Point to 3 in the picture)
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    通学生听听画画快速激发学生学兴趣
    1 Listen and draw
    Let students draw some apples according to the teacher’s words
    T I have one apple
    Students draw one apple The teacher writes down one on the blackboard
    T I have three apples
    Students draw three apples The teacher writes down three on the blackboard
    T I have five apples
    Students draw five apples The teacher writes down five on the blackboard
    T I have four apples
    Students draw four apples The teacher writes down four on the blackboard
    T I have two apples
    Teaching purpose
    通匹配练建立单词义形应关系进步加深学生课重点单词理解
    Students draw two apples The teacher writes down two on the blackboard
    2 Read and match
    Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示:教材P59 Let’s learn板块图片)
    T Now let’s look at the picture Read after me please One two three four five
    Ss One two three four five
    Teaching purpose
    学生观察教室里物品说出应数字纸写相应英文单词巩固学生数字单词读写
    T Great And then match the numbers to the English words in your textbooks
    Check some students’ answers
    3 Look say and write
    Let students look at the things in the classroom Count and say the numbers then write them down
    T Numbers are everywhere Look How many blackboards (Point to the blackboard) Let’s count
    Ss … (Write down the number)
    T How many doors (Point to the door)
    Ss … (Write down the number)
    T How many lights (Point to the light)
    Ss … (Write down the number)

    Teaching purpose
    通玩趣猜秘密数字游戏提高学生学兴趣学生够更深刻记忆数字单词1~5
    4 Secret number
    Show the cards of numbers from one to five to students Let some students choose a card as the secret number one by one The other students guess the secret number If they can guess it within three times read it once aloud If they can’t finish it within three times read it three times from the low voice to the high voice
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词
    T Look at the card It’s the secret number Please try to guess within three times Let’s begin
    5 Let’s read
    (1) Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the words by themselves
    Teaching purpose
    通两游戏激发学生学兴趣继续操练巩固数字1~5英文表达面拓展活动做铺垫
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s do
    Every student makes some number cards from one to five Choose some students to the front of the classroom one by one The students in the front say some instructions and the other students do the corresponding actions according to the instructions quickly The one who can finish the task quickly and correctly will be the winner
    T Who can come to the front first
    S1 Me
    T Please follow himher
    S1 Show me five
    Students show the card five
    S1 Show me three
    Students show the card three
    T Who can be the next one
    S2 Let me try Are you ready
    Ss Yes
    S2 Show me four
    Students show the card four
    S2 Show me two
    Students show the card two

    2 Pair work
    Let students work in pairs One student shows the cards with numbers 1~5 The other student says the words quickly Then they exchange The one who spends less time will be the winner
    Teaching purpose
    通师生互动生生互动完成chant学指令动作巩固学生数字单词记忆指令语言理解提升学生综合语言运力
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Let’s chant
    (1) Listen and write
    Show the picture of Let’s chant (课件出示教材P59 Let’s chant板块图片)
    T Boys and girls Look at the picture How many boys can you see
    Ss Two
    T How many girls
    Ss Two
    T How many children
    Ss Four
    T Yes There are four children They are jumping a rope (Do the action of jumping) Now please listen to the recording and write down the numbers you hear in order OK
    Play the recording (课件出示:教材P59 Let’s chant板块音频) Let students listen and write down the numbers in order
    (2)Listen chant and do
    T Follow the chant and do as I do
    Students chant after the recording and do actions as the teacher does
    (3)Let’s play
    Choose four students to come to the front of the classroom The four students jump as the other students chant

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Make more number cards
    2Find more numbers in your daily life
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1结合三年级年龄段学生特点设置难度适中趣味活动极提升学生学兴趣
    2减少枯燥味机械活动设置课学关学生生活密切相关务
    3学生学中玩玩中学帮助学生树立学英语信心
    4注重语言交际力培养学生课堂中真正运英语英语现实生活中
    5板书设计简洁清晰课堂教学起辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to recognize and read the numbers from one to five and know their writing forms
    ·Be able to strengthen the recognition and the memory of the word forms on the basis of consolidating the pronunciation and the meanings of the words
    Let’s chant
    ·Be able to understand the chant and do the corresponding actions according to the instructions in the chant
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the five numbers from one to five and do the corresponding actions according to the instructions in the chant
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the words in real situations flexibly
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen and do
    Play the Number song
    3 Magic eyes
    Show a picture on the PPT
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen to the Number song and do actions
    3 Find out the numbers Point and say in English
    Stimulate students’ learning enthusiasm Review the numbers from one to five Prepare for the new lesson

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    1 Listen and draw
    Let students draw some apples according to the teacher’s words
    Draw apples according to the teacher’s words
    Arouse students’ learning interest Create an interesting situation to lead students to understand and learn the five numbers
    2 Read and match
    Show the picture of Let’s learn
    Look at the picture Match the numbers to the English words
    Establish the corresponding relation of the meaning and the form of the words Let students understand the words better
    3 Look say and write
    Let students look at the things in the classroom and ask by using How many…
    Look at the things in the classroom Count and say the numbers then write them down
    Consolidate students’ reading and writing of the five numbers
    4 Secret number
    Show the number cards from one to five to students
    Choose a card as the secret number one by one Guess the secret number and read it
    Enhance students’ learning of the five numbers
    5 Let’s read
    Play the recording
    Read after the recording Read by themselves
    Make sure that students can read the words correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Let’s do
    Choose some students to come to the front of the classroom one by one
    The students in the front of the classroom say some instructions and the other students do the corresponding actions according to the instructions quickly
    Use the games to arouse students’ learning interest Practice the numbers in real situations Get ready for the next activity
    2 Pair work
    Ask students to finish the task in pairs
    Work in pairs One student shows the cards with numbers 1~5 and the other student says the words quickly Then exchange
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Let’s chant
    (1)Show the picture of Let’s chant and ask some questions Play the recording
    (2)Do the actions
    (3)Choose four students to come to the front of the classroom
    (1)Look at the picture and answer the questions Listen to the recording and write down the numbers they hear in order
    (2)Chant after the recording and do actions as the teacher does
    (3)The four students jump as the other students chant
    Use the TPR activity to develop students’ comprehensive ability of using language Strengthen the memory of the words and the understanding of the sentences
    Homework
    1 Make more number cards
    2 Find more numbers in your daily life
    3 Do the exercises
    The third period(第三课时)
    Part A Letters and sounds
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Letters and sounds
    ·够听说读写字母Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz
    ·学字母音形基础初步掌握元音字母Uu五辅音字母单词中发音
    ▶教学重点
    1够听说读写字母Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz
    2够初步掌握元音字母Uu五辅音字母单词中发音
    ▶教学难点
    掌握字母笔相关例词发音
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频字母卡片等
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话语音歌曲活跃课堂氛围通TPR活动激发学生学兴趣复字母AT通PPT快速闪现字母吸引学生注意力刺激学生求知欲进导入新课
    1 Greetings
    T Hi boys and girls
    Ss Hello MissMr…
    T Good morning
    Ss Good morning

    2 Sing a song
    Play the Phonics song for students (出示课件)
    Students enjoy the song while clapping their hands
    3 Let’s chant
    T Now let’s chant and do some actions

    4 Quick response
    Show some letters on the PPT (出示课件)Flash the letters and ask students to say the letters quickly
    Teaching purpose
    利趣味手势引入UZ字母学时引导学生认真观察思考发现写字母间区
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the new letters
    Show some letters with hand gestures Let students watch and say the letters according to the hand gestures
    T Look at my hand Which letter can you call to mind
    (Show the hand gesture of U)
    Ss U
    T U pronounces ju U U U ju
    Teach students the pronunciation and the writing of the letter U Then lead students to learn the lowercase letter u At last ask students to find out the difference between the capital letter U and the lowercase letter u
    T Look at my hand again Which letter can you call to mind now
    (Show the hand gesture of V and say Yeah)
    Ss V
    T V pronounces vi V V V vi
    Teach students the pronunciation and the writing of the letter V Then lead students to learn the lowercase letter v At last ask students to find out the difference between the capital letter V and the lowercase letter v
    Teach the other letters Ww Xx Yy Zz in the same way
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生探究字母单词中发音规培养学生探究学力
    Let students practice the pronunciation of each letter in different ways They can practice one by one row by row line by line team by team group by group from the low voice to the high voice from the high voice to the low voice and so on
    2 Listen find and learn
    (1)Play the recording of U and the pronunciation of its relevant phonetic symbol Let students read after the recording Then show two words that begin with the letter Uu (课件出示:字母U单词中发音ʌ单词umbrella under相关容) Let students experience the pronunciation of the letter Uu in different words
    T Look What’s the first letter of the two words
    Ss It’s u
    T Great Now let’s listen to the two words carefully Can you find the similarity between them
    Ss … (Students can answer in Chinese)
    T Yes The pronunciation of the letter u in the two words is the same It pronounces ʌ
    (2)Play the recording of V and the pronunciation of its relevant phonetic symbol Let students read after the recording Then show two words that begin with the letter Vv (课件出示:字母V单词中发音v单词vet vest相关容) Let students experience the pronunciation of the letter Vv in different words
    T Look What’s the first letter of the two words
    Ss It’s v
    T Good job Now let’s listen to the two words carefully Can you find the similarity between them
    Ss … (Students can answer in Chinese)
    T Yes The pronunciation of the letter v in the two words is the same It pronounces v
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读字母chant
    (3)Use the same way to teach the pronunciation of the letters Ww Xx Yy Zz in the words wet water fox box yellow yoyo zoo Zip
    3 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the recording and show the listening material (课件出示教材P60 Listen repeat and chant音频听力材料) Let students read after it and repeat Then chant together
    T Listen carefully and repeat Are you ready
    Ss Yes
    Step 3 Practice
    Teaching purpose
    通形式练激发学生学兴趣学生更掌握字母单词中发音
    1 Listen and circle
    Play the recording Let students listen and circle the letters Show the listening material to check the answers (课件出示:教材P60 Listen and circle音频听力材料)
    2 Look and say
    Show the six letters UVWXYZ and the corresponding words under umbrella vet vest wet water fox box yellow yoyo zoo Zip one by one (出示课件) Let students say them out loudly and quickly
    T Boys and girls There are some letters and words Please say them out loudly and quickly
    Teaching purpose
    通认真观察四线三格中字母笔正确书写格式培养学生规范英文书写惯字母操增强字母语音知识趣味性
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Write and say
    (1)Write down the letters Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz on the blackboard step by step Ask students to write them down in their exercise books Choose some students to write on the blackboard Let students pay attention to the correct writing form of the letters
    After students finish writing show the standard writing and the stroke order of the letters on the PPT (课件出示:26英文字母正确书写格式笔) Let students observe carefully and learn how to write correctly
    (2)Prepare six letter cards Choose one student to come to the front of the classroom Let the student hold up the letter cards one by one The other students say the letters quickly
    2 Do the alphabet exercises
    Play a video about the alphabet (U V W X Y Z) exercises (课件出示字母操视频U~Z片段) Let students follow it to sing and do

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the chant of this lesson
    2 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1活动设计形式样激发学生学热情时效提升学效率
    2培养学生探究学力充分发挥学生学动性
    3学生玩中学学中较完成教学目标
    4师生关系融洽提供教学环境
    5板书设计规范清晰学生正确书写惯培养良基础

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Letters and sounds
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the letters in different words
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak read and write the letters Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the letters in different words
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the stroke order of the letters and the pronunciation of the example words
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    3 Let’s chant
    Show the chant Chant and do the actions
    4 Quick response
    Show some letters on the PPT
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the Phonics song with the teacher
    3 Chant and do the actions
    4 Say the letters quickly
    Create a pleasant learning environment Review the letters from A to I through the TPR activity and stimulate students’ interest in learning Lead in the topic of this lesson properly
    Presentation
    1 Learn the new letters
    Show some letters with hand gestures Teach the pronunciation and the writing of the letters Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz Lead students to practice in different ways
    Watch and say the letters according to the hand gestures Learn the pronunciation and the writing of the letters Find out the differences between the capital letters and the lowercase letters Practice the pronunciation of each letter in different ways
    Lead students to observe carefully think and find the differences between the capital letters and the lowercase letters
    2 Listen find and learn
    Play the recording of each letter as well as the pronunciation of its relevant phonetic symbol Teach the pronunciation of the words that begin with the letters
    (1)Read after the recording
    (2)Experience the pronunciation of the letters in different words
    (3)Practice the pronunciation of the letters and the words
    Cultivate students’ ability of independent exploration through different activities
    3 Listen repeat and chant
    Play the recording and show the listening material
    Read after the recording and repeat Then chant together
    Make sure that students can read the letters and the chant with correct pronunciation and intonation
    Practice
    1 Listen and circle
    Play the recording and show the listening material
    Listen and circle the letters
    Use different activities to arouse students’ interest in learning Consolidate students’ learning of the pronunciation of the letters in different words
    2 Look and say
    Show the six letters U V W X Y Z and the corresponding words under umbrella vet vest wet water fox box yellow yoyo zoo Zip one by one
    Say the letters and the words loudly and quickly
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Write and say
    (1)Write down the letters on the blackboard step by step Show the standard writing and the stroke order of the letters on the PPT Let students observe carefully and learn how to write correctly
    (2)Prepare six letter cards
    (1)Write down the letters in their exercise books Pay attention to the correct writing form of the letters
    (2)One student holds up the letter cards one by one The others say the letters
    Cultivate the correct writing habit Use the alphabet exercises to make the phonetic learning more interesting
    2 Do the alphabet exercises
    Follow the video to sing and do
    Homework
    1 Practice the chant of this lesson
    2 Do the exercises

    The fourth period(第四课时)
    Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s talk
    ·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
    ·够正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    ·够语境中运句型—How old are you —I’m…years old谈年龄
    ·够语境中理解brotherHappy birthday意思
    Let’s play
    ·巩固句型—How old are you —I’m… years old复句型—What’s your name—I’m…
    ▶教学重点
    够理解掌握核心句型—How old are you —I’m…years old
    ▶教学难点
    够语境中熟练运句型—How old are you —I’m…years old谈年龄
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离创设轻松愉悦学氛围时通询问学生姓名学间相互介绍复句型—What’s your name—I’m…This is…学做准备
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
    1 Greetings
    T Good morningafternoon boys and girls
    Ss Good morningafternoon MissMr…
    T What’s your name
    S1 I’m…
    T What’s your name
    S2 I’m…
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏复英文数字1~5

    T Now please introduce your classmates in groups
    Students use the sentence structure This is… to introduce their classmates in groups
    2 Play a game—What’s missing
    Teaching purpose
    创设情境学生学唱生日歌理解Happy birthday语义场景
    T Let’s play a game Please read the number which is missing quickly one by one (课件出示:单词one ~ five次消失)
    3 Leadin
    (课件出示:Sam头戴生日帽图片)
    T Look This is Sam It’s Sam’s birthday Let’s sing the song Happy birthday for Sam OK
    Ss OK Play the song Happy birthday (出示课件) Let students sing the song together
    Explain the meaning of Happy birthday and teach how to use it in situations Let students practice the sentence several times in pairs
    Teaching purpose
    引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑思维力
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Look and predict
    Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示:教材P61 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students predict the main idea of the dialogue
    T Look at the pictures What are they talking about?
    Ss Birthday
    T Whose birthday
    Ss …
    Teaching purpose
    通听力活动降低该部分学难度
    2 Listen and learn
    (1)T Please listen and answer Sam is Sarah’s…
    Play the recording of the first sentence of Let’s talk (课件出示:教材P61 Let’s talk板块第句音频)
    Let students listen and try to answer
    Ss Sam is Sarah’s brother
    Teach the pronunciation of brother several times Let students practice brother from the low voice to the high voice
    (2)T Look at Picture 1 carefully What does John give Sam
    Ss A birthday card
    T How does John congratulate Sam Let’s listen
    Play the recording of Picture 1 (课件出示:教材P61 Let’s talk板块图音频)
    Ss Happy birthday
    Teach students how to use Happy birthday and Thank you in real life
    (3) Listen and choose

    T How old is Sam Let’s listen and choose
    Play the recording of Picture 2 (课件出示:教材P61 Let’s talk板块图二音频)
    Let students listen to the recording and try to choose the right answer
    Ss B
    Teaching purpose
    初步感知数字7~10面游戏环节做准备
    T Good job Sam is six years old Six ɪ sɪks
    3 Look and answer
    (课件出示:7~10岁童片次出现年龄蛋糕蜡烛数量表示)
    T Now you are the kid (Point to the sevenyearold kid) How old are you
    S1 七岁
    T Yes You’re seven years old (Point to the eightyearold kid) How old are you
    S2 八岁
    T Yes You’re eight years old (Point to the nineyearold kid) How old are you
    S3 九岁
    T Yes You’re nine years old (Point to the tenyearold kid) How old are you
    S4 十岁
    T Yes You’re ten years old
    Help students know the words seven eight nine ten Teach students the meaning of the sentence structures —How old are you —I’m…years old and how to use them in real situations Lead students to practice them in pairs

    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    4 Read and act
    (1)Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2)Let students read the dialogue by themselves
    (3)Let students practice the dialogue in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out the dialogue
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Let’s play
    Teaching purpose
    通观视频话创编新话通卡片模仿视频容做游戏操练巩固核心词汇句型
    Play the video of Let’s play (课件出示:教材P61 Let’s play板块视频) Let students watch the video and make their own dialogues in pairs and then show in the front of the classroom
    For example

    Then exchange in pairs to ask and answer
    2 Pair work
    Let students work in pairs One student writes five numbers on five cards The other student writes five names on five cards Let students play the game according to the video of Let’s play
    Teaching purpose
    通创设猪佩奇弟弟乔治生日邀请朋友参加派趣味情境学生学会真实语境中运节课学句型提升学生综合语言运力时渗透中西方文化差异
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Finish the dialogue and practice
    T Boys and girls Peppa Pig George and their friends are at the birthday party (课件出示:相关图片) Now please finish the following dialogue and practice in groups of four

    2 Let’s think
    T Boys and girls You have done a very good job I have a question How old is Peppa’s mother Think it over
    Ss …
    T Remember it is not polite to ask an adult’s age in western countries especially a woman’s

    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a new dialogue
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1活动设计丰富符合三年级学生年龄特点认知水效提升学生学效率
    2分解课文文知识难度增强学生学信心
    3趣味活动加入学生真正体会英语学乐趣
    4创设情境逐步呈现新知学生实际情境中感知学操练新知
    5板书设计目然重点突出课堂教学起辅助作



    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s talk
    ·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
    ·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
    ·Be able to talk about ages by using the sentence structures —How old are you —I’m…years old
    ·Be able to understand the meanings ofbrotherandHappy birthdayin context
    Let’s play
    ·Consolidate the sentence structures —How old are you —I’m…years old and review the sentence structures —What’s your name—I’m…

    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures —How old are you —I’m…years old

    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures —How old are you —I’m…years old skillfully in context to talk about ages
    ▶Teaching Procedures

    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings
    2 Play a game—What’s missing
    3 Leadin
    Play the song Happy birthday
    Explain the meaning of Happy birthday and teach how to use it in situations
    1 Greetings
    2 Read the number which is missing quickly one by one
    3 Sing the song together
    Learn the sentence Happy birthday
    Create a pleasant learning environment Use a song and a game to review the sentence structures and the words Prepare for the following study Lead in the sentence Happy birthday properly
    Presentation
    1 Look and predict
    Show the pictures of Let’s talk Let students predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Look at the pictures and predict the main idea of the dialogue
    Lead students to observe and talk about the pictures
    Cultivate students’ observation and logical thinking ability
    2 Listen and learn
    (1)Play the recording Teach the pronunciation of the new word brother several times
    (2)Play the recording Ask some questions to teach the sentences Happy birthday and Thank you
    (3)Listen and choose
    Play the recording and show a question on the PPT Teach the word six
    (1)Listen to the recording and learn the word brother Practice the word from the low voice to the high voice
    (2)Listen and answer the questions Learn to use
    Happy birthday and
    Thank you in real life
    (3)Listen to the recording
    Choose the right answer and learn the word six
    Use different listening activities to make it easier to learn the words and the key sentence structures
    3 Look and answer
    Show the pictures and ask the question How old are you
    Answer the question Learn the words from seven to ten simply
    Perceive the words from seven to ten Get prepared for the following game
    4 Read and act
    Play the recording
    Read after the recording Read the dialogue by themselves Practice the dialogue in groups and act it out
    Make sure that students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Let’s play
    Play the video of Let’s play and give an example
    Watch the video and make their own dialogues in pairs Then show in the front of the classroom
    Set the situation and let students learn the new words in situations and perceive the new sentence structures
    2 Pair work
    Let students work in pairs
    One student writes five numbers on five cards The other student writes five names on five cards Then play the game according to the video of Let’s play
    Practice the key words and sentence structures through making dialogues and playing the card game
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Create a situation
    Show the dialogue with some blanks Ask students to finish and practice
    Finish the dialogue and practice in groups of four
    Create an interesting situation to develop students’ comprehensive ability of using language Cultivate students’ interest in learning and the awareness of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures
    2 Let’s think
    Remember that it is not polite to ask an adult’s age in western countries especially a woman’s
    Homework
    1 Practice the dialogue of Let’s talk
    2 Make a new dialogue
    3 Do the exercises
    The fifth period(第五课时)
    Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Let’s learn
    ·够听说认读数字单词six seven eight nine ten
    ·够I’m…years old表达年龄
    Let’s do
    ·够听懂指令语做出相应动作
    ▶教学重点
    够听说认读数字单词six seven eight nine ten
    ▶教学难点
    够读准单词seven eight nine发音
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频物头饰包文具礼物盒等
    ▶教学程
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离歌曲营造愉快学氛围游戏活跃课堂气氛学生复前学五数字单词学生提前感知学数字单词
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    T Good morning boys and girls
    Ss Good morning MissMr…

    2 Sing a song
    Play a song—Ten little Indian boys (出示课件) Let students follow it to sing
    3 Guess and say
    Take out a bag with some stationery in it Let students guess the amount of them
    T Look I have a bag What’s in it
    Ss Pens pencils…
    T How many pens Try to guess You can guess within three times
    S1 Four
    T Sorry
    S2 Three
    T Sorry
    S3 Five
    T Sorry Six pens (Show the six pens to students)
    T How many pencils
    S4 …
    S5 …
    S6 …
    T Great You did it

    Teaching purpose
    创设趣味情境学生具体语境中体验学新单词句型提升学生学积极性时提高学生学效率
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Learn the English numbers from six to ten
    (1)Show a picture of a birthday party on the PPT (课件出示:生日聚会礼物盒图片)
    T It’s XXX’s birthday today He She gets many gifts What are these gifts Let’s go and have a look
    Take out a real gift box
    T What’s this
    Ss It’s a box
    T Yes you are right It’s a box What’s in it Let’s have a look
    Take out a crayon from the box And then talk with students
    T Look What’s this
    Ss It’s a crayon
    T Great It’s a crayon (Take out some crayons) One crayon two crayons three crayons blue crayons black crayons yellow crayons… So many crayons Let’s count together One two three four five…
    Ss One two three four five…
    T Six SIX sɪks Follow me (Teach the pronunciation and the writing of six) Show me your fingers Let’s practice six from the low voice to the high voice for four times
    Use the same way to lead in the numbers from seven to ten Then write down the words on the blackboard Teach students how to pronounce and write the words correctly
    (2)Show the headdresses of Li Li Tom Kate Lu Yao and Lucy Lead students to use This is… to introduce them At the same time let students say hello to them one by one
    (3)Show the picture of a cake with six candles (出示课件) Wear the headdress of Li Li
    T I am Li Li I’m six years old
    Use the picture to lead students to understand the meaning of this expression …yearyears old Then let students practice it for several times
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读句子单词组中进行角色扮演
    Choose five students to wear the five characters’ headdresses Ask them to introduce themselves by using I’m… I’m…years old Then let students practice the sentence structures in pairs
    2 Read and act
    (1)Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2)Let students read the sentence and the words by themselves
    (3)Let students practice the sentence and the words in groups and then wear the headdresses to act out
    Step 3 Practice
    Teaching purpose
    TPR教学法效活跃课堂氛围检测学生指令语理解程度
    1 Pass on the message
    Divide the whole class into five groups Let the five groups pass on the sentences I am sixseveneightnineten years old from the first student to the last student The group which passes on the sentence most quickly and correctly will be the winner
    Teaching purpose
    通分享salad制作程学生课学容更加感兴趣利TPR教学方法营造轻松愉快课堂气氛更调动学生学积极性
    2 Let’s do
    (1) Watch and follow
    Play the video of Let’s do for the first time (课件出示:教材P62 Let’s do板块视频) Let students point to the pictures in the textbook according to the recording and help them get the meanings of these sentences Play it again and let all the students stand up Ask them to do as it does in the video Then teach students how to show the numbers from six to ten with their fingers
    (2) Listen and do
    Play the recording of Let’s do (课件出示:教材P62 Let’s do板块音频)Let students do the actions according to the recording
    (3) Listen and point
    Disrupt the sentences of the pictures of this section on the PPT (出示课件)
    Give instructions and let students point to the right pictures
    Teaching purpose
    游戏极提升学生学热情真正学生学中玩玩中学时巩固英文数字熟练表达
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Play games
    (1) Show some numbers in our daily life on the PPT (出示课件)
    Such as phone numbers room numbers car numbers school numbers and so on Let students read aloud the numbers they see quickly
    (2) Say and compete
    Ask students to show the last four numbers of their parents’ phone numbers Then compete in groups of four The one who can say the numbers within the shortest time will be the winner
    ▶板书设计


    ▶作业设计
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Read your family members’ phone numbers aloud
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1活动设计符合三年级学生年龄特点认知水效提升学生学积极性
    2创设情境逐步呈现新知学生实际情境中感知学新知
    3游戏极提升学生学兴趣学生真正体会英语学乐趣
    4TPR教学法极活跃课堂气氛学生真正手动口动全身动
    5板书设计目然重点突出课堂教学起辅助作

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Let’s learn
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words six seven eight nine ten
    ·Be able to use the sentence structure I’m…years old to express the age
    Let’s do
    ·Be able to understand the instructions and do the corresponding actions
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words six seven eight nine ten
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to master the pronunciation of the words seven eight nine
    ▶Teaching Procedures

    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing a song
    Play a song—Ten little Indian boys
    3 Guess and say
    Take out a bag with some stationery in it and ask the questions
    1 Greetings
    2 Sing the song
    3 Guess the amount of the stationery in the bag
    Use a song to stimulate students’ interest in learning and review the numbers they have learned before Then lead in the new lesson
    Presentation
    1 Learn the English numbers from six to ten
    (1)Show a picture of a birthday party on the PPT Take out a box with some crayons in it Teach the words from six to ten through counting the crayons
    (2)Show the headdresses of Li Li Tom Kate Lu Yao and Lucy Lead students to use the sentence structure This is… to introduce them
    (3)Show the picture of a cake with six candles Wear the headdress of Li Li and introduce the age Teach the expression …yearyears old Choose five students to wear the five characters’ headdresses
    (1)Look and answer
    Learn the numbers from six to ten and practice
    (2)Say hello to the characters and use the sentence structure This is… to introduce them
    (3)Learn and practice the sentence structures I’m… I’m…years old
    Create an interesting environment to lead students to learn the numbers from six to ten as well as the new sentence structures Increase students’ interest in learning and enhance their learning efficiency

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    2 Read and act
    Play the recording
    Read after the recording Read the sentence and the words by themselves
    Practice the sentence and the words in groups and act out
    Make sure that students can read the sentence and the words correctly and fluently
    Practice
    1 Pass on the message
    Divide the whole class into five groups Let the five groups pass on the sentences I am six seveneightnineten years old from the first student to the last student
    Pass on the sentences I am sixseveneightnineten years old from the first student to the last student
    TPR teaching method is used to build an interesting learning environment and practice the new words and sentences
    2 Let’s do
    (1)Play the video of Let’s do Teach students how to show the numbers from six to ten with their fingers
    (2)Play the recording of Let’s do
    (3)Disrupt the sentences of the pictures of this section on the PPT Give instructions
    (1)Stand up and do actions according to the video Learn how to show the numbers from six to ten with their fingers
    (2)Do actions according to the recording
    (3)Point to the right pictures according to the teacher’s instructions
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Play games
    (1)Show some numbers in our daily life on the PPT
    (2)Ask students to show the last four numbers of their parents’ phone numbers
    (1)Read aloud the numbers they see quickly
    (2)Show the last four numbers of their parents’ phone numbers Then compete in groups of four by reading the numbers quickly and correctly
    Use games to develop students’ comprehensive ability of using English numbers Cultivate students’ interest in learning
    Homework
    1 Practice the words and the sentences
    2 Read your family members’ phone numbers aloud
    3 Do the exercises
    The sixth period(第六课时)
    Part B Start to read & Let’s check & Let’s sing
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Start to read
    ·够找出听说读写图片中字母
    ·够整体认读单词单词形义间建立联系
    Let’s check
    ·够独立完成该板块练
    ·够听说认读学关数字英文单词
    Let’s sing
    ·够听懂唱歌曲创编新歌曲
    ▶教学重点
    1 够掌握学字母关数字英文单词
    ▶教学难点
    够独立完成Let’s check板块练
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间相互问候拉师生距离TPR活动歌曲营造愉快活跃学氛围时学字母数字单词进行复巩固
    ▶教学程
    Step 1:Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    T Good morningafternoon boys and girls
    Ss Good morningafternoon MissMr…
    T How are you
    Ss I’m fine

    2 Listen and do
    Give instructions and let students do the actions with their fingers
    T Show me one with your fingers
    Students show one with their fingers
    T Show me three
    Students show three with their fingers
    Choose one student to give instructions The other students do actions according to the instructions
    S1 Show me ten
    Students show ten with their fingers

    3 Enjoy a song—ABC song (出示课件)
    T Let’s sing the ABC song together Clap your hands please
    Teaching purpose
    利种方式复巩固学字母
    Step 2 Presentation
    1 Look and say
    (1)Magic eyes
    (课件出示:闪现活泼爱字母图形Uu ~ Zz)
    T Boys and girls Please read aloud the letters quickly
    (2)Find and say
    (课件出示:教材P63 Find and say图片)
    Let students look at the picture and find out the letters Try to find out the most letters
    T Look It’s a room We can see many things There are many letters too Wow I see a big X (Point to the letter X) What letters do you see
    Ss I see…
    Ask students to count the letters
    T How many big UVWXYZ do you see (Point to the letters and ask)
    Ss …
    T How many small uvwxyz do you see (Point to the letters and ask)
    Ss …
    Teaching purpose
    先通学生报数方式巩固学数字单词通勾连线方式检测学生数字单词掌握情况
    2 Count and match
    (1)Count from one to ten
    Let students work in groups of ten and then count from one to ten one by one The group that spends the least time will be the winner
    For example
    S1 One
    S2 Two
    S3 Three

    S10 Ten
    (2)Find tick and match
    Show the picture of Find tick and match (课件出示教材P63 Find tick and match图片) Explain the meaning of the exercise Make a demonstration first
    T Look at this goose (Point to the second goose) What number do you see
    Ss 2
    T Very good
    Tick the number two and match it to the second goose Then let students tick and match by themselves Check the answers together (出示课件)
    Teaching purpose
    通活动锻炼学生听说认读力次操练巩固数字单词形义联系
    Step 3 Practice
    Let’s check
    (1)Listen and tick or cross
    (课件出示:教材P64 Listen and tick or cross图片)Ask some questions to lead them to observe the pictures
    T What can you see in the pictures
    S1 I can see a cake
    S2 I can see some cats

    T How many cakes How many cats Let’s listen and tick or cross
    Play the recording and let students finish the exercise (课件出示 教材P64 Listen and tick or cross音频)
    Show the listening material to check the answers (课件出示:教材P64 Listen and tick or cross听力材料答案)
    (2)Look and circle
    (课件出示:教材P64 Look and circle图片)
    Let students look at the picture and count the number of the things in the picture Then ask them to finish the exercise by themselves
    T Look What do you see
    S1 I see monkeys
    S2 I see pencils
    S3 I see rulers

    T Well done Now please count the number of them and circle the right numbers
    Teaching purpose
    复巩固核心句型时渗透西方文化
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    1 Story time
    (1)Show the pictures of Story time (课件出示:教材P65 Story time图片) Let students read the story by themselves first
    T What’s the story about
    Ss Birthday
    T Whose birthday
    Ss Zoom’s birthday
    Let students read the story again
    T How many candles can you see on the cake
    Ss Six
    T How old is Zoom
    Ss He is six
    T You are so clever Now look at Picture 3 What do Zoom’s friends say to Zoom
    Ss Happy birthday
    Simply introduce the western culture about birthday surprises Ask students to talk about it
    (2)Act out the story
    T Do you like the story Try to read and act it out
    Teaching purpose
    学生边学歌曲边手势表示听数字活跃学氛围接着学生创编新歌培养学生发散性思维增强学生综合语言运力
    2 Let’s sing
    (1)Play the song—Ten little candles (课件出示:教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲) Lead students to show their fingers and sing with the video Let them practice in groups Invite some students to sing in the front of the classroom and the others sing and show fingers with them
    (2)Make a new song
    Let students try to make a new song Make a model


    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing the number song to your family members
    2 Retell the story of Story time
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)

    ▶教学反思
    1歌曲热身学生兴致盎然迅速投身学中
    2设置教学活动简单易行符合三年级学生年龄特征
    3旧带新降低学生学难度学生轻松学氛围中巩固旧知学新知
    4板书设计条理清晰目然重点突出

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Start to read
    ·Be able to find as well as listen speak read and write the letters in the picture
    ·Be able to build up the connection between the form and the meaning of the words
    Let’s check
    ·Be able to finish the exercises independently
    ·Be able to listen speak and read the words about numbers
    Let’s sing
     ·Be able to understand and sing the song and make a new song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Be able to master the letters and the words about numbers
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to finish the exercises of Let’s check independently
    ▶Teaching Procedures

    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen and do
    Give instructions
    3 Enjoy a song
    Sing the ABC song with students
    1 Greetings
    2 Do the actions according to the instructions
    3 Sing the ABC song with the teacher
    The song and the TPR activity can stimulate students’ interest in learning and review the letters and the words about numbers
    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Presentation
    1 Look and say
    (1)Magic eyes
    Show some letters on the PPT
    (2)Find and say
    Show the picture of Find and say
    (1)Look and read aloud the letters quickly
    (2)Look at the picture and try to find out the most letters
    Lead students to review the letters they have learned through looking finding and saying
    2 Count and match
    (1)Count from one to ten
    Let students work in groups of ten and count
    (2)Find tick and match
    Explain the meaning of the exercise and make a demonstration first
    (1)Work in groups of ten and count from one to ten one by one
    (2) Finish the exercise of Find tick and match independently
    Consolidate and check the learning of the words about numbers
    Practice
    Let’s check
    (1)Listen and tick or cross
    Show the pictures and lead students to talk about them Play the recording Check the answers
    (2)Look and circle
    Show the picture and lead students to count the things in the picture
    (1)Talk about the pictures Listen to the recording and finish the exercise
    (2)Look at the picture and count the number of the things Circle the right numbers
    Use different activities to practice students’ ability of listening speaking recognizing and reading Consolidate the words about numbers
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    1 Story time
    (1)Show the pictures Simply introduce the western culture about birthday surprises
    (2)Let students act out the story
    (1)Look at the pictures and answer the questions
    (2)Act out the story
    Consolidate the key sentence structures and permeate the western culture
    2 Let’s sing
    (1)Play the song Lead students to show their fingers and sing with the video
    (2)Let students make a new song
    (1)Listen to the song show fingers and sing with the video Practice in groups Show it to the class
    (2)Try to make a new song
    Create an active learning environment Cultivate students’ divergent thinking Enhance students’ comprehensive language using ability

    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Homework
    1 Sing the number song to your family members
    2 Retell the story of Story time
    3 Do the exercises

    Recycle 2

    教材分析
    单元复巩固单元巩固操练4~6单元核心句型词汇教学重点够听懂会说核心句型—What’ thisWhat’s that —It’s a… Cool I like it—Can I have some… —Sure Here you are—Thank you —You’re welcomeHave some…I’d like… please—How old are you —I’m six years oldHow many…听说认读动物词汇pig bear cat duck dog bird panda monkey tiger elephant食物词汇juice egg milk bread rice cake fish water数字词汇one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
    教学目标
    知识目标
    句型
    ·听懂会说句型—What’s thisWhat’s that —It’s a… Cool I like it—Can I have some… —Sure Here you are—Thank you —You’re welcomeHave some…I’d like… please—How old are you —I’m six years oldHow many…
    词汇
    ·动物:pig bear cat duck dog bird panda monkey tiger elephant
    ·食物:juice egg milk bread rice cake fish water
    ·数字:one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
    字母语音
    ·字母JiZz单词中发音
    力目标
    ·够图片实物情境帮助运知识目标里重点句型
    ·巩固复4~6单元关动物食物数字词汇
    ·巩固复1~6单元学字母听字母说出应发音
    情感态度文化意识学策略目标:
    ·热爱动物珍惜食物
    ·注意单词音义形间联系整体学单词
    课时安排
    第课时: Read aloud & Listen and tick(√) & Cross out(×) the words that don’t belong
    第二课时: Go up the ladders Go down the snakes & Fill in the blanks & Sing a song
    The first period(第课时)
    Read aloud & Listen and tick(√) & Cross out(×) the words that don’t belong
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Read aloud
    ·巩固复4~6单元学词汇句型
    ·够读懂事进行角色扮演
    ·够情境中正确运学句型
    Listen and tick(√) & Cross out(×) the words that don’t belong
    ·够独立完成听力练
    ·复关食物动物数字等词汇
    ▶教学重点
    巩固复4~6单元学词汇句型
    ▶教学难点
    够熟练运4~6单元核心句型创设真实情境中然体进行会话
    ▶教学准备

    教学课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离时TPR活动快速反应游戏复关动物食物饮品数字单词
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Revision
    1 Greetings
    T Good morningafternoon boys and girls
    Ss Good morningafternoon MissMr…

    2 Listen and do
    Give instructions and let students do the actions according to the instructions
    T Do as I say children Act like an elephant Act like a bird Act like a monkey Act like a tiger Act like a panda…
    3 Quick response
    Show some word cards about food drinks animals and numbers Put them together Then choose one card at a time and ask students to read aloud the word on the card quickly
    Step 2 Presentation
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏复巩固4~6单元核心句型
    1 Play the game—Believe me or not
    Let students play the game in pairs Each student gets three cards Each card bears a key sentence from Unit 4 to Unit 6 When the game begins S1 pulls out a card from hisher three cards which are facing down Then heshe says out one of the sentences If S2 believes S1 heshe should repeat the sentence If S2 doesn’t believe S1 heshe should say No If S1 successfully tricks S2 S1 will get a star Otherwise S2 will get a star
    And then let the two students change the roles S2 says and S1 guesses It’s a round After three rounds the one who gets more stars is the winner
    Make a model
    S1 (Pull out a card which bears It’s a pig) Can I have some water please
    Teaching purpose
    观图片整体感知事预测事容务型教学法效集中学生注意力学生带着务听听力够更理解事
    S2 Can I have some water please
    S1 Haha I win
    2 Read aloud
    (1) Look and predict
    Show the pictures of Read aloud on page 66(课件出示:教材P66 Read aloud图片)
    T Look at the pictures What can you see
    Ss A cat and two birds
    T Good What can happen to them Can you guess
    Ss …
    (2) Listen and answer
    ①Show the questions on the PPT

    T There are three questions Let’s listen to the recording and answer the questions
    Play the whole recording of Read aloud(课件出示:教材P66 Read aloud音频) Let students listen to the recording and try to answer the first question
    Then play the recording of Picture 1 2 and 3 (出示课件) Ask students to listen to the recording and try to answer the second question Lead students to understand the sentences I like it Wait a minute
    Play the recording of Picture 4 5 and 6 (出示课件) Let students listen to the recording and try to answer the third question
    ②Check the answers with students
    T What’s the name of the cat
    Ss Tom
    T Good job How old is the little bird
    Ss Two
    T Great It is two years old What does the cat like
    Ss The bird’s head face and body
    Teaching purpose
    教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
    3 Read and act
    (1) Play the recording again (出示课件) Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
    (2) Let students read the story by themselves
    (3) Let students practice the story in groups and then wear the headdresses to act it out in class
    Teaching purpose
    通学生观察图片听听力完成练锻炼学生听力加强单词音形间联系通找出类单词巩固学生词义记忆
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Listen and tick
    Ask students to look at the pictures of Listen and tick on page 67 and try to predict the content of the listening
    Play the recording of Listen and tick (课件出示教材P67 Listen and tick音频) Let students listen to the recording and finish the exercise
    Show the listening material (课件出示:教材P67 Listen and tick听力材料) Check the answers with students
    (Answers 1 猫 2 5 3 面包 4 腿 5 书 6 棕桶)
    2 Cross out the words that don’t belong
    Let students finish the task of this part independently Then check the answers with students
    T Look at the two pictures Cross out the words that don’t belong to animals in the left picture Cross out the words that don’t belong to food in the right picture Finish it by yourselves
    Teaching purpose
    通耳语游戏巩固Read aloud部分句子提高学生学积极性
    Check the answers
    (Answers 左图叉掉:six egg crayon hand blue右图叉掉:eraser red eight eye bear ten)
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Whisper
    Divide the whole class into four groups Choose one sentence from Read aloud on page 66 and tell it to the first student of each group Then ask the first student to pass on the sentence in a low voice to the one behind himher one by one Let the last student read the sentence aloud If the last student can say out the sentence correctly within the shortest time his or her group will win Practice several rounds by using other sentences

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Retell the story
    2 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 TPR教学法学生动起帮助学生积极融入教学实践活动中
    2 引导学生通观察图片进行听前信息预测效提升学生思维力引发学生积极思考
    3 注重语言交际力培养学生课堂中学会运英语进行交流
    4 板书设计条理清晰目然重点突出

    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Read aloud
    ·Review and consolidate the words and the sentence structures of Units 4~6
    ·Be able to understand and act out the story
    ·Be able to use the sentence structures properly in situations
    Listen and tick(√) & Cross out(×) the words that don’t belong
    ·Be able to finish the listening exercise independently
    ·Review the words about food animals and numbers
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Review and consolidate the words and the sentence structures of Units 4~6
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to use the key sentence structures of Units 4~6 properly and skillfully in real situations
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Revision
    1 Greetings
    2 Listen and do
    Give instructions
    3 Quick response
    Show some word cards about food drinks animals and numbers Put them together
    1 Greetings
    2 Do the actions according to the instructions
    3 Read the words on the cards one by one quickly
    Use the TPR activity and the quick response game to review the words about food drinks animals and numbers
    Presentation
    1 Play the game—Believe me or not
    Play the game in pairs
    Use the game to review and consolidate the sentence structures of Units 4~6
    2 Read aloud
    (1) Look and predict
    Show the pictures of Read aloud on page 66
    (2) Listen and answer
    Show the questions on the PPT Play the recording of Read aloud step by step
    Check the answers with students
    (1) Look at the pictures and answer the questions Predict the content of the story
    (2) Listen to the recording and try to answer the questions
    Check the answers with the teacher
    Use the pictures to help students get an overall understanding of the story Taskbased teaching method can attract students’ attention and help students understand the story better
    3 Read and act
    Play the recording
    Read after the recording Read the story by themselves Practice the story in groups and act it out
    Make sure that students can read the story correctly and fluently








    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Listen and tick
    Play the recording of Listen and tick Check the answers with students
    Look at the pictures and predict the listening content Listen to the recording and finish the exercise Check the answers with the teacher
    Train students’ listening ability Strengthen the
    connection between the pronunciation and the form of the words Consolidate students’ memory of the meanings of the words by finding the words belonging to different categories
    2 Cross out the words that don’t belong
    Explain the requirements of this task
    Check the answers with students
    Finish the task of this part independently Check the answers with the teacher
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Whisper
    Divide the whole class into
    four groups Choose one
    sentence from Read aloud
    on page 66 and tell it to the
    first student of each group
    The first student in each group passes on the sentence to the one behind himher one by one The last student should read the sentence aloud
    Use a game to consolidate the sentences of Read aloud Cultivate students’ learning interest
    Homework
    1 Retell the story
    2 Do the exercises
    The second period(第二课时)
    Go up the ladders Go down the snakes & Fill in the blanks & Sing a song
    ▶教学容目标
    课时教学容
    课时教学目标
    Go up the ladders Go down the snakes
    ·重点巩固4~6单元词汇时复1~3单元中部分词汇
    ·掌握4~6单元重点句型真实情境中灵活运句型—What’s thisWhat’s that—It’s…Have some waterHere you areCan I have some cakeThank you—How old are you—I’m…How many…
    Fill in the blanks & Sing a song
    ·够区分辨认字母写清楚26字母排列序认识字母代表单词
    ·够唱字母歌
    ▶教学重点
    复26字母读音书写重点复巩固4~6单元词汇句型
    ▶教学难点
    够认识26字母代表单词
    ▶教学准备

    2教学课件课文录音视频图片单词卡片字母卡片等
    Teaching purpose
    通师生间情景话拉师生距离歌曲快闪游戏chant效吸引学生注意力效复46单元知识点
    ▶教学程
    Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
    1 Greetings and free talk
    T Good morningafternoon boys and girls
    Ss Good morningafternoon MissMr…
    T Can I have some water please
    S1 Sure Here you are
    T Have some milk
    S2 Thank you
    T How many pens
    S3 Six

    2 Sing the songs—Ten little candles and ABC song
    Play the videos of Ten little candles and ABC song (出示课件)Ask students to follow the videos to sing
    3 Play a game
    Let students say the words of Units 4~6 according to the PPT quickly (出示课件:快速闪现单元4~6重点单词)
    4 Let’s chant
    Show the chant on the PPT and let students chant with the teacher while showing their fingers
    T Now listen to a chant Then chant with me Don’t forget to show the numbers with your fingers

    Ask students to make a new chant with numbers from six to ten Then ask some students to show in the front
    Teaching purpose
    游戏前引导学生观察图片解幅图容通游戏方式巩固学生学重点句型单词加强学生记忆
    Step 2 Presentation
    Go up the ladders Go down the snakes
    (1) Look and say
    Show the pictures of Go up the ladders Go down the snakes on page 68 (出示课件) Let students look at the pictures carefully and talk about them
    T Look Here are many small pictures There is a dice in Picture 1 We can also see start in it What can you see in Picture 2
    S1 I see seven and nine
    T Right What sentence can you say about Picture 3
    S2 Can I have some cake please
    T Great And Picture 4
    S3 It’s a duck
    T Excellent What about Picture 5
    S4 I have an English book
    T Cool …

    (2) Let’s play
    Explain the requirements of the game in Chinese
    (游戏说明:学生两组掷骰子次掷次完成图说话活动答错学生停掷次遇梯子直接晋级梯子顶端格子完成相应活动遇蛇退蛇尾格子完成相应活动实物图片时说单词说出完整句子更情景图片时说句子答案开放适合该场景句子均算通关字母时根图片求完成说写活动谁快达终点赢家)
    Make a demonstration for students first Then let students play the game in pairs
    Teaching purpose
    通游戏填空练检测学生26字母写掌握情况童谣总结26字母书写规律便学生记忆
    Step 3 Practice
    1 Find your friends
    Take out the letter cards Divide students into two groups Give Group 1 the capital letter cards and give Group 2 the lowercase letter cards Let them do the matching task
    T Kids find your friends Ready Go
    2 Fill in the blanks
    Let students finish the task of Fill in the blanks independently Then sum up the writing rules of the 26 letters with a nursery rhyme

    3 Let’s write
    Lead students to write down the capital letters and the lowercase letters in four lines and three grids correctly Let students check their writing in groups of four Finally show some excellent writing
    Teaching purpose
    歌曲效激发学生学兴趣时创编新歌曲培养学生创造性思维巩固已学单词
    Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
    Sing a song
    (1) Let’s sing
    Play the recording of Sing a song (课件出示教材P69 Sing a song音频) Let students listen to the song first Then ask them to follow the song and sing together
    (2) Make a new song
    Ask students to make a new song Make a demonstration for students first


    Let some students show their own songs to the class

    ▶板书设计

    ▶作业设计
    1 Sing the alphabet song to your family
    2 Write down the 26 letters correctly
    3 Do the exercises (见状元成路系列丛书创优作业100分状元作业应课时作业)
    ▶教学反思
    1 注重语言交际力培养学生课堂中学会运英语进行交流
    2 歌曲教学极提升学生学兴趣助学生知识记忆
    3 板书设计目然重点突出


    ▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
    Go up the ladders Go down the snakes
    ·Consolidate the words of Units 4~6 and review some words of Units 1~3
    ·Master and use the key sentence structures of Units 4~6 flexibly in real situations
    Fill in the blanks & Sing a song
    ·Be able to recognize the capital letters and the lowercase letters and know the alphabetical order
    and the example words of the 26 letters
    ·Be able to understand and sing the song
    ▶Teaching Priorities
    ·Review the pronunciation and the writing of the 26 letters Consolidate and review the key words and sentence structures of Units 4~6
    ▶Teaching Difficulties
    ·Be able to know the example words of the 26 letters
    ▶Teaching Procedures
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Warmup
    &
    Leadin
    1 Greetings and free talk
    2 Sing the songs—Ten little candles and ABC song
    Play the videos of the songs
    3 Play a game
    Show the words of Units
    4~6 on the PPT quickly
    4 Let’s chant
    Show the chant on the PPT
    Ask students to make a new chant with numbers from six to ten
    1 Greet the teacher and have a free talk with the teacher
    2 Follow the videos to sing the songs
    3 Say the words of Units 4~6 according to the PPT quickly
    4 Chant with the teacher while showing the numbers with their fingers
    Try to make a new chant with numbers from six to ten and show in the front
    Attract students’ attention effectively and review the key knowledge of Units
    4~6
    Presentation
    Go up the ladders Go down the
    snakes
    (1) Look and say
    Show the pictures in this part
    on page 68 Talk about the pictures
    (2) Let’s play
    Explain the requirements of the game in Chinese Make a demonstration for students
    (1) Look at the pictures carefully and talk about them with the teacher
    (2) Play the game in pairs as the demonstration
    Lead students to get the meaning of the pictures before playing the game Use the game to consolidate the key words and sentence structures and strengthen students’ memory














    (续表)
    Teaching Stages
    Teacher’ s Activities
    Students’ Activities
    Teaching Purposes
    Practice
    1 Find your friends
    Divide the whole class into two groups Give Group 1 the capital letter cards and give Group 2 the lowercase letter cards Ask them to do the matching task
    Play the game and do the matching task
    Use a game and the task to check students’ writing The nursery rhyme is good for students’ memory Consolidate the writing of the 26 letters through the activities
    2 Fill in the blanks
    Let students finish the task independently Then sum up the writing rules of the 26 letters with a nursery rhyme
    Finish the task of Fill in the blanks independently
    3 Let’s write
    Lead students to write the
    letters correctly Show
    the excellent writing
    Write down the capital letters and the lowercase letters in four lines and three grids and check the writing in groups of four
    Consolidation
    &
    Extension
    Sing a song
    (1) Let’s sing
    Play the recording of Sing a song
    (2) Make a new song
    Make a demonstration
    for students first
    (1) Listen to the song first Then follow the song and sing together
    (2) Make a new song and show it to the class
    Use the letter song to arouse students’ learning interest
    Cultivate students’ creative thinking Consolidate the words that have learned
    Homework
    1 Sing the alphabet song to your family
    2 Write down the 26 letters correctly
    3 Do the exercises

    文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传

    《香当网》用户分享的内容,不代表《香当网》观点或立场,请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性!
    该内容是文档的文本内容,更好的格式请下载文档

    下载文档到电脑,查找使用更方便

    文档的实际排版效果,会与网站的显示效果略有不同!!

    需要 18 香币 [ 分享文档获得香币 ]

    下载文档

    相关文档

    人教PEP三年级上册全册教学设计

    Unit One Hello!单元整体分析本单元是义务教育灵通版(pep)小学英语教科书三年级上册第一单元。单元主题为Hello!(你好)。从这个学期起,学生开始正式学习英语这门语言、学科,他...

    3年前   
    622    0

    人教版九年级化学下册全册教学设计表格式

    人教版九年级化学下册精品教学设计表格式课题1 金属材料一、 教学目标 知识与技能:1、了解生活中常见金属的物理性质,能区分常见金属和非金属2、认识在金属加热熔合某...

    2年前   
    318    0

    人教版小学数学三年级上册全册教学设计

    一、时、分、秒第1 课时 秒的认识1.借助学生已有的生活经验,让学生在熟悉的生活情境中交流、合作,自主认识新的时间单位“秒”,知道“1分=60秒”。2.通过动手操作等丰富的学习活动,让学生体验...

    9个月前   
    288    0

    人教版三年级上册数学教学设计全册

    人教版小学数学三年级上册教学设计课时编号课 题时、分、秒课 时教学目标1、使学生认识比分更小的时间单位“秒”,熟记1分=60秒,初步建立秒的时间观念。2、培养学生的观察能力和逻辑推理能力。3、...

    4年前   
    1314    0

    人教版小学英语六年级上册全册教学设计

    Unit 1 How can I get there?The First Period(A.Let's try  A.Let's talk )课时目标1.能够听、说、读、写单词和短语:ask,...

    9个月前   
    323    0

    人教版小学英语五年级上册全册教学设计

    Unit 1 What's he like?The First Period(A.Let's learn A.Ask and answer)课时目标1.能听、说、读、写单词“old”,“you...

    9个月前   
    619    0

    PEP人教版小学三年级上册英语全册优质教案及反思

     教学设计科目: 英 语 年级: 三(1)班 教师: 李 莉 萍 学年度:2022--2023学年度第一学期PEP英语三年级...

    1年前   
    413    0

    人教版PEP三年级下册英语全册教案

    Unit 1 Welcome back to school!Part A教学内容Let’s talk Look and say Let’s learn Let’s chant Let’...

    3年前   
    1327    1

    人教PEP版三年级上册英语全册教案设计

    Unit 1 Hello!教学目标1.能听、说、认读单词ruler, pencil, crayon, eraser, bag, pen, pencil box, book。2.听懂、会说“H...

    8个月前   
    244    0

    人教精通版三年级上册英语全册单元教学设计表格式教案

    人教精通版三年级上册英语全册单元教学设计表格式教案Unit1 Hello! I’m monkey. Lesson 1备课日期:_____________ ...

    3年前   
    960    0

    「精品」最新PEP三年级上册英语全册教案

    单元教材分析:第一单元主要学习人们见面时的简单问候语,如何向他人介绍自己的名字,以及一些常用的文具名称。用到的功能句有:Hello./ Hi . Goodbye./ Bye-Bye. I'm ....

    4年前   
    1322    0

    人教PEP版三年级上册英语全册教案

    Hello!XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX...

    2年前   
    896    0

    人教版PEP小学五年级英语上册教案全册精写

    人教版PEP小学五年级英语上册教案全册精写 Unit 1 What’s he like? 教学目标 1. 掌握 A、B 部分“Let’s learn”,“Let’s talk”中的词汇...

    5年前   
    3884    0

    pep人教版四年级英语上册全册教案

    人教版四年级英语上册教案课题: Unit One My classroom第一课时导学稿 教学目标:1. 能听懂、会说:What's in the classroom? A board, tw...

    3年前   
    1392    0

    湘少版三年级英语上册全册教案教学设计(含教学反思)

    湘少版三年级英语上册全册教案教学设计(含教学反思)Unit 1 Hello!Period 1一、教学目标1、能听懂、会说本课会话;2、能运用“Hello! I’m….”进行问候、作自我介绍;3...

    2年前   
    1424    0

    PEP小学英语三年级上册Words in each unit 教学设计 说课稿 教学反思

    PEP小学英语三年级上册 课题PEP小学英语三年级上册Words in each unit 备课时间课型词汇课主备人一、课程标准1. 能根据听到的词语识别或指认图片或实物;2. 能根据图﹑文说...

    3年前   
    581    0

    冀教版三年级上册英语全册教案(表格式)

    冀教英语三年级上册教学计划一、课程总目标:基础教育阶段英语课程的任务是:激发和培养学生学习英语的兴趣,使学生树立自信心,养成良好的学习习惯和形成有效的学习策略,发展自主学习的能力和合作精神;使...

    8个月前   
    267    0

    「人教pep版」2019版小学英语三年级上册优质课教学设计「全册精编」

    Unit 1 Hello教学目标与要求:1、能听懂,会说Hello./ Hi. Goodbye./ Bye. I’m… What’s your name? My name’s … 并能够在实际...

    3年前   
    1234    0

    人教版一年级下册数学全册教案教学设计表格式

    人教版数学一年级下册全册优秀教学设计第一单元第一课时认识图形(二)(1)教学设计课题 认识图形(二)(1)单元第一单元学科数学年级一年级学习目标1.通过直观使学生知道长方形、正方形的形状和边的...

    3年前   
    1350    0

    外研版英语三年级上册全册全套教案教学设计

    外研版英语三年级上册全册全套教案教学设计Unit 1 I’m Sam.准备导入: 1.教师在走进教室时热情地向同学们打招呼说:Hello或Hi.与近处的同学握手,向远处的同学挥手。表扬那些用...

    2年前   
    695    0

    文档贡献者

    散***辰

    贡献于2021-01-07

    下载需要 18 香币 [香币充值 ]
    亲,您也可以通过 分享原创文档 来获得香币奖励!
    下载文档

    该用户的其他文档